1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
64 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
65 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
68 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
69 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
71 % redefine the greyed out note
72 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
73 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
75 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
80 \font_typewriter default
81 \font_default_family default
95 \paperorientation portrait
106 \paragraph_separation indent
108 \quotes_language english
111 \paperpagestyle default
112 \tracking_changes false
113 \output_changes false
129 \begin_layout Standard
131 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
134 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Standard
151 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
158 \begin_layout Standard
159 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
167 \begin_layout Standard
168 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
175 \begin_layout Chapter
179 \begin_layout Section
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 LyX is a document preparation system.
185 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
186 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
187 It is unlike most other
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
195 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
197 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
218 \begin_layout Standard
219 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
236 \begin_layout Standard
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
250 the format of all of the manuals.
251 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
252 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 \begin_layout Section
273 \begin_layout Standard
274 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
276 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
277 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
279 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
303 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
304 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
306 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
307 only a vertical scrollbar.
308 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
309 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
310 This, however, is due
311 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
312 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
313 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
314 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
316 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
317 this doesn't work for equations yet.
320 \begin_layout Standard
321 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
322 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
324 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
355 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
364 without resorting to configuration files.
365 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
366 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
367 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
380 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
381 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
388 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
392 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
395 \begin_layout Section
397 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
398 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
405 \begin_layout Standard
406 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
407 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
415 \begin_layout Standard
427 that will be created when using the menu
429 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
434 \begin_layout Standard
445 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
446 \begin_inset Note Note
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
458 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
459 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
466 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
468 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
469 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
479 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
480 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
487 \begin_layout Chapter
491 \begin_layout Section
492 Basic File Operations
493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
494 name "File Operations"
501 \begin_layout Standard
506 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
510 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Standard
593 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
594 a few minor differences.
597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
606 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
607 you for a template to use.
608 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
609 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
610 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
611 (see section\InsetSpace ~
613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
614 reference "sec:doc-classes"
621 \begin_layout Standard
623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
646 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
647 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
650 \begin_layout Standard
662 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
666 \begin_layout Standard
667 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
686 will reload the document from disk.
687 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
688 and want to restore it to the last save.
694 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
695 can identify this as your changes.
698 \begin_layout Section
699 Basic Editing Features
700 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
706 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
707 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
714 \begin_layout Standard
715 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
716 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
717 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
718 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
720 We'll start with cut and paste.
723 \begin_layout Standard
724 As you might expect, the
728 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
729 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Itemize
751 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Itemize
765 \begin_layout Itemize
773 \begin_layout Standard
774 The first three are self-explanatory.
775 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
776 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
785 keys also functions as the
790 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
791 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
792 it with what you just typed.
797 to get back the lost text.
800 \begin_layout Standard
801 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
807 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
810 \begin_layout Standard
813 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
815 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
817 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
820 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
826 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
832 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
833 will start a new paragraph.
836 \begin_layout Standard
837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
838 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
856 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
861 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
872 button to skip the current word.
878 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
884 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
886 If the toggle is set, searching for
887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
898 will not match the word
899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
913 Match whole words only
915 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
943 \begin_layout Section
945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
957 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
958 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
967 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
973 to undo some mistake.
974 If you accidentally undo too much, use
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
987 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
992 \begin_layout Standard
993 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
994 it was last saved, the
995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1002 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1003 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1015 work on almost everything in LyX.
1016 They have some quirks, too.
1025 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1026 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1034 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1035 surely appreciate how it works.
1038 \begin_layout Section
1040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1041 name "Mouse Operations"
1048 \begin_layout Standard
1049 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1052 \begin_layout Enumerate
1057 \begin_layout Itemize
1062 once anywhere in the edit window.
1063 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Itemize
1078 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1087 \begin_layout Itemize
1088 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1097 \begin_layout Enumerate
1098 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1107 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1108 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1109 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1113 \begin_layout Enumerate
1118 \begin_layout Standard
1123 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1128 \begin_layout Section
1130 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1131 name "sec: key bindings"
1136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1146 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1148 LyX's default is CUA.
1151 \begin_layout Standard
1178 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1182 \begin_layout Labeling
1183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1187 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1189 description "Tabulator key"
1195 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1196 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1199 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1204 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1205 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1209 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1212 reference "sub:Lists"
1218 If you're still confused, look in the
1225 \begin_layout Labeling
1226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1230 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1232 description "Escape key"
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1246 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1247 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1250 \begin_layout Labeling
1251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1262 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1263 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1267 \begin_layout Standard
1268 There are three modifier keys:
1271 \begin_layout Labeling
1272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1290 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1292 description "Control key"
1296 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1297 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1301 \begin_layout Itemize
1310 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1313 \begin_layout Itemize
1322 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1325 \begin_layout Itemize
1334 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1338 \begin_layout Labeling
1339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1357 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1359 description "Shift key"
1363 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1364 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1367 \begin_layout Labeling
1368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1386 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1388 description "Meta or Alt key"
1392 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1393 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1394 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1400 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1402 menu accelerator keys
1405 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1406 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1410 \begin_layout Standard
1411 For example, the sequence
1412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 There are also other things bound to the
1468 key, but you'll have to check in the
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1482 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1483 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1484 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1485 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1486 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1487 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 followed by a capital
1509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1527 \begin_layout Chapter
1529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1537 \begin_layout Section
1539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1540 name "Document ! Types"
1547 \begin_layout Subsection
1551 \begin_layout Standard
1552 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1553 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1554 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1555 numbering schemes, and so on.
1556 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1557 and format the title of your document differently.
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1565 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1566 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1567 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1568 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1569 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1574 how to adjust their properties.
1577 \begin_layout Subsection
1578 The Various Document Classes
1579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1580 name "Document ! Classes"
1585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1586 name "sec:doc-classes"
1593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1602 \begin_layout Description
1603 Article for basic articles
1606 \begin_layout Description
1607 Report for basic reports
1610 \begin_layout Description
1611 Book for writing a book
1614 \begin_layout Description
1615 Letter for US-style letters
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1621 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1622 can be found in chapter
1624 Special Document Classes
1633 \begin_layout Description
1634 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1637 \begin_layout Description
1644 \begin_layout Standard
1653 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1657 \begin_layout Description
1658 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1659 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1660 There are three article layouts available.
1661 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1662 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1663 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1664 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1669 sequential numbering
1670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1673 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1674 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1675 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1676 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1679 \begin_layout Description
1680 Beamer Layout for presentations
1683 \begin_layout Description
1684 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1685 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1691 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1694 \begin_layout Description
1695 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1698 \begin_layout Description
1701 Die TeXnische Komödie
1703 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1706 \begin_layout Description
1707 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1710 \begin_layout Description
1711 Foils Used to make transparencies
1714 \begin_layout Description
1715 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1718 \begin_layout Description
1719 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1720 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1726 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1729 \begin_layout Description
1730 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1733 \begin_layout Description
1734 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1739 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1742 \begin_layout Description
1743 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1746 \begin_layout Description
1751 LaTeX document class
1754 \begin_layout Description
1755 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1758 \begin_layout Description
1763 \begin_layout Standard
1770 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1771 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1773 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1776 \begin_layout Description
1777 Slides Used to make transparencies
1780 \begin_layout Description
1782 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1783 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1786 \begin_layout Description
1787 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1790 \begin_layout Description
1795 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1801 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1806 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1807 of the document classes.
1810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1814 \begin_layout Standard
1815 You can select a class using the
1817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1820 name "Document ! Settings"
1827 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 Each class has a default set of options.
1837 Here's a quick table describing them:
1840 \begin_layout Standard
1841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1849 \begin_inset Tabular
1850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1857 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1870 \begin_layout Standard
1885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1888 \begin_layout Standard
1903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1906 \begin_layout Standard
1921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1924 \begin_layout Standard
1940 <row topline="true">
1941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1979 \begin_layout Standard
1994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1997 \begin_layout Standard
2012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2015 \begin_layout Standard
2031 <row topline="true">
2032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2035 \begin_layout Standard
2049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2070 \begin_layout Standard
2085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2088 \begin_layout Standard
2103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2122 <row topline="true">
2123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2126 \begin_layout Standard
2140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2161 \begin_layout Standard
2176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2213 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2234 \begin_layout Standard
2249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2270 \begin_layout Standard
2285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2317 \begin_layout Standard
2318 You're probably also wondering what
2319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2329 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2334 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2339 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2349 headings, there are also
2357 headings, and so on.
2358 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2361 reference "sub:Headings"
2368 \begin_layout Subsection
2370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2371 name "Document ! Layout"
2376 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2377 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2385 name "Document ! Settings"
2392 \begin_layout Standard
2393 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2405 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2408 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2410 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2411 to use for your document.
2412 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2426 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2427 You can choose between the following five options:
2430 \begin_layout Labeling
2431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2436 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2439 \begin_layout Labeling
2440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2445 No page numbers or headings.
2448 \begin_layout Labeling
2449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2457 \begin_layout Labeling
2458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2463 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2464 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2465 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2468 \begin_layout Labeling
2469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2474 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2479 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2486 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2487 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2489 Check the documentation for the
2493 package for more details,
2494 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2502 \begin_layout Standard
2507 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2509 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2510 reference "sec:parindentintro"
2517 \begin_layout Subsection
2518 Paper Size and Orientation
2519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2520 name "Document ! Paper size"
2525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2526 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2533 \begin_layout Standard
2534 You'll find the following options in the menu
2539 of the dialog of the
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2548 name "Document ! Settings"
2555 \begin_layout Labeling
2556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2561 What size paper to print on.
2565 \begin_layout Itemize
2571 \begin_layout Itemize
2581 \begin_layout Itemize
2587 \begin_layout Itemize
2593 \begin_layout Itemize
2599 \begin_layout Itemize
2605 \begin_layout Itemize
2611 \begin_layout Labeling
2612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2617 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2628 \begin_layout Labeling
2629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2632 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2635 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2636 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2639 \begin_layout Subsection
2641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2642 name "Document ! Margins"
2647 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2653 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 Paper margins are set in the menu
2664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2670 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2671 name "Document ! Settings"
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2680 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2681 the paper format and the font size into account.
2684 \begin_layout Subsection
2688 \begin_layout Standard
2689 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2694 That includes the paragraph environments.
2695 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2696 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2697 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2698 paragraph environments to
2702 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2703 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2704 the conversion and why it failed.
2707 \begin_layout Section
2708 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2710 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2717 \begin_layout Subsection
2719 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2720 name "sec:parindentintro"
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2729 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2733 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2734 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2735 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2736 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2740 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2746 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2747 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2748 language than English.
2749 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2754 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2756 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2757 LyX takes care of that.
2758 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2760 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2761 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2762 of a page, and so on.
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2772 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2773 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2777 of these pre-coded spacings.
2778 We'll explain more later.
2781 \begin_layout Subsection
2782 Paragraph Separation
2783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2784 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 To separate paragraphs, select
2807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2809 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2810 name "Document ! Settings"
2816 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2817 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2818 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2832 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2835 reference "cap:Units"
2840 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2844 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2853 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2856 dialog and toggle the
2861 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2862 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2863 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2869 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2872 \begin_layout Subsection
2874 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2875 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2885 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2888 name "Document ! Settings"
2894 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2908 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2914 installed to use this feature.
2922 \begin_layout Section
2923 Paragraph Environments
2924 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2925 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2931 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2937 name "Paragraph environments|("
2944 \begin_layout Subsection
2948 \begin_layout Standard
2949 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2952 \begin_layout Standard
2972 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2973 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2974 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2983 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 A paragraph environment is simply a
2988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2995 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2996 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2997 scheme, labels, and so on.
2998 Additionally, you can
2999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3006 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3007 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3008 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3009 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3010 days of typewriters.
3011 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3013 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3019 LyX will change the environment of the
3023 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3024 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3025 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3029 \begin_layout Standard
3038 create a new paragraph using the
3042 paragraph environment.
3044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3051 because if you are in one of these environments:
3054 \begin_layout Itemize
3060 \begin_layout Itemize
3066 \begin_layout Itemize
3072 \begin_layout Itemize
3078 \begin_layout Itemize
3084 \begin_layout Itemize
3090 \begin_layout Itemize
3096 \begin_layout Standard
3097 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3101 , rather than resetting it to
3106 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3107 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3108 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3111 reference "sec:nest"
3116 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3121 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3122 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3130 \begin_layout Subsection
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3135 The default paragraph environment is
3140 It creates a plain paragraph.
3141 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3142 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3143 this manual) are in the
3150 \begin_layout Standard
3151 You can nest a paragraph using the
3155 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3163 \begin_layout Subsection
3165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3166 name "Document !Title"
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3183 for thanks or contact information.
3184 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3185 page along with today's date.
3186 For other types of documents, the title
3187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3194 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3213 Here's how you use them:
3216 \begin_layout Itemize
3217 Put the title of your document in the
3224 \begin_layout Itemize
3225 Put the author name in the
3232 \begin_layout Itemize
3233 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3234 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3240 Note that using this environment is optional.
3241 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3242 If you don't want any date, add the line
3252 to the preamble of your document (menu
3254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3261 You can use footnotes to insert
3262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3269 or contact informations.
3272 \begin_layout Subsection
3274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3275 name "Section headings"
3280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3288 \begin_layout Standard
3289 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3290 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3296 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3304 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3308 \begin_layout Enumerate
3314 \begin_layout Enumerate
3320 \begin_layout Enumerate
3326 \begin_layout Enumerate
3332 \begin_layout Enumerate
3338 \begin_layout Enumerate
3344 \begin_layout Enumerate
3350 \begin_layout Standard
3351 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3352 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3353 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3356 \begin_layout Standard
3357 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3358 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3359 You group the book into chapters.
3360 LyX does similar grouping:
3363 \begin_layout Itemize
3368 is divided in either
3377 \begin_layout Itemize
3389 \begin_layout Itemize
3401 \begin_layout Itemize
3413 \begin_layout Itemize
3425 \begin_layout Itemize
3437 \begin_layout Standard
3438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3441 \begin_layout Standard
3446 Not all document types use the
3450 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3455 is the top-level heading.
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3468 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3469 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3471 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3485 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3486 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3494 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3498 \begin_layout Enumerate
3504 \begin_layout Enumerate
3510 \begin_layout Enumerate
3516 \begin_layout Enumerate
3522 \begin_layout Enumerate
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3537 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3538 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3539 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3550 Changing the Numbering
3551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3552 name "sub:numbering-depth"
3559 \begin_layout Standard
3560 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3561 in the Table of Contents.
3562 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3564 Certain classes start with
3578 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3588 This is something you can change.
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3601 name "Document ! Settings"
3609 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3613 you'll see two counters.
3618 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3620 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3624 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3625 Short Titles of Headings
3626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3627 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3643 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3652 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3653 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3654 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3659 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3660 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3661 To specify a short title, use the menu
3663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3668 This will insert a box labeled
3669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3684 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3685 This also works for captions inside floats.
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 The following information applies to all section headings:
3700 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3704 \begin_layout Itemize
3705 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3709 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3712 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3716 \begin_layout Subsection
3717 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3720 \begin_layout Standard
3721 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3735 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3736 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3737 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3738 the text they contain.
3739 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3747 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3760 when you start a new paragraph.
3761 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3765 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3766 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3767 to change back to the
3771 environment yourself.
3774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3784 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3790 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3799 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3800 time for the differences.
3809 are identical except for one difference:
3813 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3822 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 Here's an example of the
3839 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3841 See -- no indentation!
3845 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3846 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3847 the other paragraph.
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3851 Here's another example, this time in the
3858 \begin_layout Quotation
3864 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3865 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3866 the first line, then
3870 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3874 you were quoting other text.
3877 \begin_layout Quotation
3878 Here's a new paragraph.
3879 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3880 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 As the examples show,
3888 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3889 They should put quotes in the
3894 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3898 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3908 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3921 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3934 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3941 Which I did not rehearse!
3945 It could be much worse.
3946 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3948 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3949 indented a bit more than the first.
3950 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3957 And make things look fine
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3971 does not indent both margins.
3972 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3973 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3984 \begin_layout Subsection
3986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4011 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4020 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4021 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4022 some general features of all four of them.
4025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4029 \begin_layout Standard
4030 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4032 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4041 reset the environment to
4045 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4046 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4047 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4052 to break paragraphs.
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4057 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4059 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4060 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4063 reference "sec:nest"
4071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4077 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4078 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4083 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4096 paragraph environment.
4097 It has the following properties:
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4105 \begin_layout Itemize
4106 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 The items can have any length.
4116 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4117 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4124 \begin_layout Itemize
4129 environment inside another
4133 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4137 \begin_layout Itemize
4138 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4141 \begin_layout Itemize
4142 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4146 See section\InsetSpace ~
4148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4149 reference "sec:nest"
4153 for a full explanation of nesting.
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4167 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4172 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4173 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4176 \begin_layout Itemize
4177 The label for the first level
4181 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the second level is a dash.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back out to the third level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the second level.
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 Back to the outermost level.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 These are the default labels for an
4220 You can customize these labels in the
4222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4225 dialog in the submenu
4232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4233 name "Document ! Settings"
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4242 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4243 in section\InsetSpace ~
4245 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4246 reference "sec:nest"
4253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4260 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4265 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4266 name "sec:enumerate"
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4278 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4279 It has these properties:
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 environment resets the counter to one.
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4319 Items can have any length.
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4326 \begin_layout Enumerate
4327 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4344 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4345 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4352 \begin_layout Enumerate
4353 The first level of an
4357 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4375 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the third level
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the second level.
4391 \begin_layout Enumerate
4392 Back to the outermost level.
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4401 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4406 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 There is more to nesting
4415 environments than we've stated here.
4416 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4418 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4419 reference "sec:nest"
4423 to learn more about nesting.
4426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4432 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4433 name "Lists ! Description"
4438 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4439 name "sec:descrlist"
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4447 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4451 list has no fixed label.
4452 Instead, LyX uses the first
4453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4460 of the first line as the label.
4464 \begin_layout Description
4465 Example: This is an example of the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4486 it is meant that the first hit of the
4490 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4492 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4504 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4505 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4508 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4511 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
4515 for more info.) Here is an example:
4518 \begin_layout Description
4520 Example: This one shows how to use a
4522 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4532 \begin_layout Description
4533 Usage: You should use the
4537 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4538 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4540 It's not a good idea to use a
4544 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4545 You're better off using
4557 paragraphs into them.
4560 \begin_layout Description
4561 Nesting: You can nest
4565 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4571 them from the first line.
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4581 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4594 \begin_layout Standard
4599 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4612 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4613 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4616 \begin_layout Labeling
4617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4619 labels LyX uses the first
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 of each line as the item label.
4632 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4633 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4634 blank as described above.
4637 \begin_layout Labeling
4638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4639 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4640 the body of the item text.
4641 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4642 label width plus a little extra space.
4646 \begin_layout Labeling
4647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4649 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4651 If the label width is larger, the label
4652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4659 into the first line.
4660 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4661 margin of the rest of the item text.
4664 \begin_layout Labeling
4665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4666 default\InsetSpace ~
4667 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4672 environment have the same left margin.
4674 To change the default width, select
4675 all items in the list.
4678 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4679 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4685 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4688 determines the default label width.
4689 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 multiple times instead.
4699 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4710 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4713 every time you alter a label in a
4719 The predefined default width is the length of
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4739 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4740 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 environment the same way like the
4757 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4763 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4772 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4774 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4775 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4778 reference "sec:nest"
4782 to learn about nesting.
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4786 There is yet another feature of the
4790 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4792 You can use additional
4796 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4801 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4804 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4809 Here are some examples:
4812 \begin_layout Labeling
4813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4814 Left The default for
4821 \begin_layout Labeling
4822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4829 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4832 \begin_layout Labeling
4833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4842 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4845 \begin_layout Subsection
4847 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4880 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4881 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4882 In contrast, you can use the
4891 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4892 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 Of course, you're not limited to using
4912 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4913 some European academic papers.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4919 name "sec:adress_usage"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4931 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4932 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4938 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4939 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4940 Here's an example of each:
4943 \begin_layout Right Address
4950 When is it? What is today?
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4960 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4961 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4962 Here's an example of the
4969 \begin_layout Address
4972 Where do I send this
4974 Your post office and country
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 As you can see, both
4987 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4992 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4998 This makes sense, since
5006 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5007 Thus, you have to use
5017 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5018 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 menu) to start a new line in an
5038 \begin_layout Subsection
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5044 or list of references.
5045 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5052 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5065 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5066 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5067 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5068 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5072 in anything else or vice versa.
5078 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5079 The book document classes ignores the
5083 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5087 in a letter document class.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5095 environment does several things for you.
5096 First, it puts the centered label
5097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5105 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5107 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5108 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5109 the subsequent text.
5110 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5111 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5115 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5119 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5120 The new paragraph will still be in the
5125 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5126 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 \begin_inset Float figure
5135 \begin_layout Standard
5137 \begin_inset Graphics
5138 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 \begin_inset Caption
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5151 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5172 \begin_layout Standard
5173 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5177 environment, but since this document is in the
5178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5185 class, we can't do this.
5186 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5188 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5189 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5194 If you've never heard of an
5195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5202 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5218 name "sub:biblio_environment"
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5230 environment is used to list references.
5231 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5232 only use it at the end of the document.
5237 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5241 When you first open a
5245 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5261 depending on the document class.
5262 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5263 Each paragraph of the
5267 environment is a bibliography entry.
5272 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5273 Each new paragraph is still in the
5280 \begin_layout Standard
5281 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5282 in section\InsetSpace ~
5284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5285 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5292 \begin_layout Subsection
5296 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5297 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5302 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment is another LyX extension.
5316 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5321 key as a fixed whitespace;
5325 \begin_layout Standard
5336 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5339 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5344 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5345 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5363 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5364 So, when you finish using the
5368 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5369 Also, you can nest the
5373 environment inside of others.
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5380 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5432 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5433 You must put at least one
5437 in any line you want blank.
5438 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5446 since that will insert
5451 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5459 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5466 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5470 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5474 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5482 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5483 printf("Hello World!
5488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5496 \begin_layout Standard
5497 This is just the standard
5498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5514 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5515 rc-files, and so on.
5516 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5517 as if you used a typewriter.
5518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5519 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5526 \begin_layout Section
5527 Nesting Environments
5528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5529 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5534 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5542 \begin_layout Subsection
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5547 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5549 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5551 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5553 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5589 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5591 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5597 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5605 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5606 will tell you how far you are nested).
5607 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5608 \begin_inset Graphics
5609 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5614 \begin_inset Graphics
5615 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5619 or the convenient key bindings
5627 to change the nesting level.
5628 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5629 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5634 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5635 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5636 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5637 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5642 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5644 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5647 \begin_layout Subsection
5648 What You Can and Can't Nest
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5653 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5658 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5659 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5662 \begin_layout Itemize
5663 Completely unnestable
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5668 other things inside of them.
5671 \begin_layout Itemize
5672 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5678 environments have them:
5681 \begin_layout Description
5682 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5683 Can't nest into them.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 \begin_layout Itemize
5699 \begin_layout Itemize
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5713 \begin_layout Itemize
5719 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5739 \begin_layout Itemize
5745 \begin_layout Itemize
5751 \begin_layout Itemize
5757 \begin_layout Itemize
5763 \begin_layout Itemize
5769 \begin_layout Itemize
5775 \begin_layout Itemize
5781 \begin_layout Itemize
5787 \begin_layout Itemize
5794 \begin_layout Description
5796 Nestable You can nest them.
5797 You can nest other things into them.
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5807 \begin_layout Itemize
5813 \begin_layout Itemize
5819 \begin_layout Itemize
5825 \begin_layout Itemize
5831 \begin_layout Itemize
5837 \begin_layout Itemize
5843 \begin_layout Itemize
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5852 You can't nest anything into them.
5856 \begin_layout Itemize
5862 \begin_layout Itemize
5869 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5895 \begin_layout Subsection
5896 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5898 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5903 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5904 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5913 affected by nesting anyhow.
5917 \begin_layout Itemize
5921 \begin_layout Itemize
5925 \begin_layout Itemize
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5939 If you put a figure or a table in a
5943 , this is no longer true.
5948 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5951 reference "sec:Floats"
5955 for more informations about
5962 \begin_layout Standard
5963 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5964 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5969 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5977 of its own, it behaves just like a
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 paragraph environment.
5986 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5990 \begin_layout Standard
5991 Here's an example with a table:
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5999 \begin_layout Enumerate
6000 This is (a) and it's nested.
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6005 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6011 \begin_layout Standard
6013 \begin_inset Tabular
6014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6018 <row topline="true">
6019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6056 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6060 \begin_layout Standard
6075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6102 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6109 \begin_layout Enumerate
6111 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6115 \begin_layout Enumerate
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6120 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6128 \begin_layout Enumerate
6129 This is (a) and it's nested.
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6142 \begin_inset Tabular
6143 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6147 <row topline="true">
6148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6185 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6189 \begin_layout Standard
6204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6207 \begin_layout Standard
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6237 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6247 \begin_layout Enumerate
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6257 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6259 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6267 \begin_layout Enumerate
6268 This is (a) and it's nested.
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6272 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6280 \begin_inset Tabular
6281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6285 <row topline="true">
6286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6323 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6368 \begin_layout Standard
6369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6375 \begin_layout Enumerate
6377 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6385 \begin_layout Enumerate
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6396 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6397 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6401 \begin_layout Subsection
6402 Usage and General Features
6403 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6404 name "sub:nest-Usage"
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6412 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6421 is the innermost possible depth.
6422 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6426 level #1 - outermost
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6460 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6461 both of them in the example.
6462 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6472 For example, if we tried to nest another
6477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 \begin_layout Subsection
6489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6490 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6499 We have several examples of nested environments.
6500 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6505 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6508 \begin_layout Labeling
6509 \labelwidthstring MMM
6510 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6519 \begin_layout Labeling
6520 \labelwidthstring MMM
6521 #2-a This is level #2.
6522 We created it by using
6534 \begin_layout Labeling
6535 \labelwidthstring MMM
6536 #3-a This is level #3.
6537 This time, we just hit
6546 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6564 environment, nested inside of
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6573 So, it's at level #4.
6574 We did this by hitting
6582 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6587 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6603 \begin_layout Standard
6608 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6615 \begin_layout Labeling
6616 \labelwidthstring MMM
6617 #4-a This is level #4.
6622 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6627 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6631 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6636 keep nesting things inside of
6637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6648 \begin_layout Labeling
6649 \labelwidthstring MMM
6650 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6655 \begin_layout Labeling
6656 \labelwidthstring MMM
6657 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6658 and this is level #6.
6659 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6663 \begin_layout Labeling
6664 \labelwidthstring MMM
6665 #5-b Back to level #5.
6678 \begin_layout Labeling
6679 \labelwidthstring MMM
6688 , we're back at level #4.
6692 \begin_layout Labeling
6693 \labelwidthstring MMM
6694 #3-b Back to level #3.
6695 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6699 \begin_layout Labeling
6700 \labelwidthstring MMM
6701 #2-b Back to level #2.
6706 \begin_layout Labeling
6707 \labelwidthstring MMM
6708 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6709 After this sentence, we'll hit
6713 and change the paragraph environment back to
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6721 We could have also used the
6737 environment in place of the
6742 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6746 Example 2: Inheritance
6749 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6750 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6763 , after which, we'll change to the
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6776 environment, at level #2.
6779 \begin_layout Enumerate
6780 Notice how the nested
6784 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6788 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6792 \begin_layout Standard
6793 We ended this example by hitting
6798 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6802 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6810 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 This is level #1, in an
6836 paragraph environment.
6837 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6841 \begin_layout Enumerate
6852 Now, what happens if we nest an
6856 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6857 label be? An asterisk?
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6871 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6872 So, its label is a bullet.
6873 (We got here by using
6881 , then changing the environment to
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 Here's level #4, produced using
6899 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6904 \begin_layout Enumerate
6905 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6907 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6912 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6916 , because we are in the
6940 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6946 type of numbering does LyX use?
6949 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6954 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6962 to decrease the depth after the next
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6972 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6976 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6979 numeral as the label.Why?
6982 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6992 Notice, however, that LyX
6996 reset the counter for the label.
7000 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7010 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7011 into the twofold-nested
7019 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The same thing happens if we do another
7028 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7037 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7051 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7057 The same rule applies for the
7061 environment, as well.
7064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7065 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7068 \begin_layout Enumerate
7069 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7070 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7071 same detail with how we did it.
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7083 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7085 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7086 example in parentheses someplace.
7087 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7088 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7089 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7093 \begin_layout Enumerate
7098 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7103 Now we'll add verse.
7105 It will get much worse.
7109 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7115 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7117 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7129 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7136 \begin_layout Standard
7138 \begin_inset Tabular
7139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7181 <row topline="true">
7182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7203 \begin_layout Standard
7230 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7234 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7240 \begin_layout Enumerate
7245 : level #1) This is another item.
7246 Note that selecting a
7250 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7251 3 times to put the table inside the
7259 \begin_layout Quotation
7260 We're now ending the
7264 list and changing to
7269 We're still at level #1.
7270 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7271 The next set of paragraphs is a
7272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7288 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7292 for the letter body.
7297 to preserve the depth.
7298 Remember that you need to use
7302 to create multiple lines inside the
7316 \begin_layout Right Address
7319 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7324 \begin_layout Address
7325 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7329 \begin_layout Quotation
7330 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7331 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7334 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7335 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7336 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7337 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7338 as soon as possible.
7339 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7342 \begin_layout Quotation
7343 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7344 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7345 with your order, along with payment.
7348 \begin_layout Quotation
7349 We thank you again for your patience.
7352 \begin_layout Address
7359 \begin_layout Quotation
7360 That ends that example!
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7365 just a few keystrokes.
7366 We could have easily nested an
7387 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7390 \begin_layout Section
7391 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7394 \begin_layout Subsection
7396 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7397 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7412 in a uniform fashion.
7413 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7414 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7415 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7416 equally between themselves.
7420 \begin_layout Standard
7425 can be inserted with
7427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7429 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7433 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7438 This is on the left side
7440 This is on the right
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7464 That was an example in the
7470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7476 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7479 is one in a standard paragraph.
7480 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7484 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7489 Here's an example with the
7496 \begin_layout Labeling
7497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7518 marks the beginning of the item.
7519 (There is actually a
7520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7527 HFill inside of the label of the
7531 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7540 situations, like two-column mode.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7552 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7556 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7557 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7558 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7568 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7584 Other space variants
7585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7586 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7595 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7603 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7605 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7608 \begin_layout Paragraph
7612 \begin_layout Standard
7613 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7614 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7625 For example the command
7632 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7635 cm space within the following line:
7638 \begin_layout Standard
7640 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7647 \begin_layout Standard
7657 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7661 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7664 cm space between the arrows.
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7670 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7671 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7678 \begin_layout Paragraph
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7685 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7692 What is correct English?:
7697 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_layout Standard
7730 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7748 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7755 In our case write the command
7762 (note the space after
7763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7770 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7771 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7772 That is why it is named
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 There exists also the commands
7797 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7798 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7799 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7800 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7812 \begin_layout Subsection
7814 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7815 name "sec:vertspace"
7822 \begin_layout Standard
7823 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7826 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7827 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7831 There you find the following sizes:
7834 \begin_layout Standard
7847 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7852 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7857 name "Document ! Settings"
7863 for the paragraph separation.
7864 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7875 \begin_layout Standard
7880 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7881 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7883 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7884 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7893 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7902 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7905 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7914 If there are several
7918 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7919 You can therefore use
7923 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7931 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7933 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7934 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7952 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7953 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7965 \begin_layout Subsection
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7976 There are four possibilities:
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7991 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 \begin_layout Standard
8004 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8005 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8006 the left and right margins.
8007 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 This paragraph is right aligned,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is centered,
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8022 this one is left aligned.
8025 \begin_layout Subsection
8027 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8028 name "sec:pagebreak"
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8036 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8037 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8038 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8039 Only if you use many
8043 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8048 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8052 have to change the pagebreaking.
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8058 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8066 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8067 that it fills out the complete page.
8068 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8069 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8070 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
8084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8095 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8096 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8101 normally one uses simply
8113 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8114 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8119 at the top of a page.
8120 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8121 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8122 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8123 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8126 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8137 \begin_layout Subsection
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8144 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8147 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8156 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8157 whole space between the page margins.
8158 This is necessary to avoid
8159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8166 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8167 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8179 The syntax is similar tho the command
8185 , described in the previous section.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8190 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8191 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8192 set a linebreak, e.g.
8193 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8196 reference "sec:quote"
8201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8202 reference "sec:Verse"
8207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8208 reference "sec:adress_usage"
8215 \begin_layout Subsection
8217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8218 name "sub:Protected-blanks"
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8228 protected\InsetSpace ~
8231 is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
8232 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8236 More information is given in section
8239 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8240 reference "sec:quote"
8248 \begin_layout Standard
8249 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
8250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8266 A protected blank is inserted with
8268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8269 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8278 \begin_layout Subsection
8280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8281 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8287 name "Horizontal lines"
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8300 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8301 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8304 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8310 \begin_layout Section
8311 Fonts and Text Styles
8312 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8313 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8320 \begin_layout Subsection
8322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8330 \begin_layout Standard
8331 There are two types of fonts:
8334 \begin_layout Description
8337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8338 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8342 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8343 characters) in the font.
8344 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8345 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8346 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8347 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8348 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8349 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8350 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8351 provide a good image.
8353 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8354 size and scale them.
8355 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8356 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8357 sizes than at small ones.
8375 \begin_layout Description
8378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8379 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8383 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8384 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8385 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8386 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8387 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8388 picture manipulation program.
8389 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8390 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8391 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8392 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8393 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8395 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8396 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8398 Bitmap fonts are named
8404 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8409 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8410 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8411 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8415 \begin_layout Standard
8416 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8417 its document properties.
8420 \begin_layout Standard
8421 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
8422 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
8423 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
8424 font to emphasize text, you use an
8425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8433 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
8434 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
8438 \begin_layout Subsection
8439 Document Font and Font size
8440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8441 name "sub:Document-Font"
8446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8453 name "Document ! Font"
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 You can set the document fonts in the
8463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8468 name "Document ! Settings"
8473 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 The possible options for the font include
8491 and a list of fonts available on your system.
8496 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
8497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8518 European Computer Modern
8521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8540 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
8541 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8546 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
8551 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
8557 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
8558 There are three ways to use one:
8561 \begin_layout Itemize
8562 One way is to use the
8572 Virtual means that it
8573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8584 -glyphs from other fonts.
8585 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
8587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 Loading the LaTeX-package
8610 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8611 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
8617 with the document preamble line
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8625 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 will fix the guillemet problem.
8634 and that accented characters are not
8638 glyph, they are build of
8642 characters, the accent and the letter.
8643 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
8647 fonts for words with accented characters.
8648 If you search for example for the French word
8649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8656 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
8658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8665 and not for the glyph
8666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8687 \begin_inset Note Note
8690 \begin_layout Standard
8698 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
8699 to be accented with the grave.
8701 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
8702 in section\InsetSpace ~
8704 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8717 \begin_layout Itemize
8718 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
8722 \begin_layout Standard
8731 , consists of these three main font types
8758 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8759 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
8766 The differences between roman,
8775 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8778 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8789 was originally designed for newspapers.
8790 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
8791 into the small newspaper columns.
8797 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
8800 \begin_layout Itemize
8801 The best solution is to use the
8806 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8814 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8817 For the font size there are four possible values:
8834 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8838 The font sizes are the
8843 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
8844 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
8845 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
8851 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8853 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8854 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8874 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
8878 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
8879 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
8880 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
8882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8885 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8887 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8888 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
8900 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 Using Different Character Styles
8902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8903 name "Character Styles"
8908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
8918 certain paragraph environments.
8919 LyX supports two character styles,
8928 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
8932 \begin_layout Standard
8937 style, do one of the following:
8940 \begin_layout Itemize
8941 click on the toolbar button
8942 \begin_inset Graphics
8943 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
8950 \begin_layout Itemize
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 These commands are all toggles.
8963 style is already active, they deactivate it.
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 One typically uses the
8971 style for proper names.
8973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8980 is the original author of LyX.
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 \begin_layout Standard
8988 A more widely used character style is the
8993 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9000 \begin_layout Itemize
9001 clicking on the toolbar button
9002 \begin_inset Graphics
9003 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9010 \begin_layout Itemize
9011 using the keybindings
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9022 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9023 es use a different font.
9026 \begin_layout Standard
9027 We've been using the
9031 style all over the place in this document.
9032 Here's one more example:
9035 \begin_layout Quotation
9038 Don't overuse character styles!
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9042 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9043 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9044 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9045 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9064 \begin_layout Subsection
9065 Fine-Tuning with the
9070 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9071 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9083 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9092 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9093 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9094 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9095 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9096 from ordinary dialog.
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9101 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9103 Documents that overuse
9104 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9105 has knocked huge holes in it.
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 To use custom character styles, open the
9111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9116 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9117 font property which you can choose.
9118 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9123 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9128 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9129 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9130 environments in a snap.
9133 \begin_layout Standard
9134 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9146 \begin_layout Labeling
9147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9161 The possible options are:
9165 \begin_layout Labeling
9166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9171 This is the Roman font family.
9172 Normally a serif font.
9173 It's also the default family.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9204 \begin_inset Note Note
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9209 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9212 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9224 \begin_layout Labeling
9225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9233 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9258 \begin_layout Standard
9268 \begin_layout Labeling
9269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9276 This is the Typewriter font family.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9314 \begin_layout Labeling
9315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9320 This corresponds to the print weight.
9325 \begin_layout Labeling
9326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9331 This is the Medium font series.
9332 It's also the default series.
9335 \begin_layout Labeling
9336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9343 This is the Bold font series.
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9379 \begin_layout Labeling
9380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9385 As the name implies.
9390 \begin_layout Labeling
9391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9396 This is the Upright font shape.
9397 It's also the default shape.
9400 \begin_layout Labeling
9401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9415 s the Italic font shape
9421 \begin_layout Labeling
9422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9429 This is the Slanted font shape
9431 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9434 \begin_layout Labeling
9435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9443 This is the Small caps font shape
9450 \begin_layout Labeling
9451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9456 Alters the size of the font.
9457 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
9458 nal to the document font size.
9459 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
9460 what you want to do.
9465 \begin_layout Labeling
9466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9506 \begin_layout Standard
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9545 \begin_layout Labeling
9546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9568 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9596 \begin_layout Labeling
9597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9637 \begin_layout Standard
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9676 \begin_layout Labeling
9677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9756 \begin_layout Labeling
9757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9771 It's also the default size.
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9833 \begin_layout Labeling
9834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9913 \begin_layout Labeling
9914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9983 \begin_layout Standard
9993 \begin_layout Labeling
9994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10210 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10211 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10212 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10213 - use that instead.
10214 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10217 \begin_layout Labeling
10218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10223 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10228 \begin_layout Labeling
10229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10236 This is text with emphasize on
10239 This might seem like the same as
10243 , but it is actually a bit different.
10249 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10251 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10254 \begin_layout Labeling
10255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10262 This is text with Underbar on.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10300 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10301 when you couldn't change fonts.
10302 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10303 It's only included in LyX because some people
10307 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10310 \begin_layout Labeling
10311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10318 This is text with Noun on.
10325 , this is a logical attribute.
10326 Normally it's equivalent to
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10341 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10342 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10348 , which is the default
10349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10356 and means normally black, you can choose between
10391 \begin_layout Labeling
10392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10397 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10398 the language of the document.
10399 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10405 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 dialog, the settings are saved.
10412 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10413 \begin_inset Graphics
10414 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10419 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10420 when the dialog isn't visible.
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10425 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10431 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10432 (suppose you just set the shape to
10433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10450 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10491 font, that means every character has the same width, the
10492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10527 \begin_layout Standard
10539 \begin_inset Note Note
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
10545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10546 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
10560 \begin_layout Itemize
10565 fonts use characters with serifs.
10566 These are the small
10567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10574 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
10575 The following example will show the difference:
10581 text without serifs
10585 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
10586 They are therefore used as default font (named
10593 \begin_layout Itemize
10599 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
10600 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
10605 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
10608 \begin_layout Section
10609 Printing and Previewing
10612 \begin_layout Subsection
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
10618 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
10619 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
10620 goes on behind-the-scenes.
10621 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
10623 Extended\InsetSpace ~
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
10631 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
10632 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
10633 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
10634 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
10635 This happens in two stages:
10638 \begin_layout Enumerate
10639 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
10640 generating a file with the extension,
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10655 \begin_layout Enumerate
10656 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
10660 file to produce printable output.
10664 \begin_layout Subsection
10665 Output file formats
10666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10667 name "File formats"
10672 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10673 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
10680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10682 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10683 name "File formats ! ASCII"
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 This file type has the extension
10692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10704 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
10705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
10709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
10718 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10719 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10728 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 This file type has the extension
10737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
10750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
10751 it manually with console commands.
10752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
10753 you view or export your document.
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
10759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10779 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10780 name "File formats ! DVI"
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 This file type has the extension
10789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10809 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
10810 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
10811 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
10813 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10826 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
10827 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
10832 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
10833 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
10834 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
10835 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
10841 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10842 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10851 name "File formats ! PostScript"
10858 \begin_layout Standard
10859 This file type has the extension
10860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 PostScript was developed by the company
10876 as printer language.
10877 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
10879 PostScript can be seen as
10880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10883 programming language
10884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
10891 \begin_layout Standard
10892 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
10898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10899 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
10908 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
10911 \begin_layout Standard
10912 PostScript can only contain images in the format
10913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 Encapsulated PostScript
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 (EPS, file extension
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
10934 to convert them in the background to EPS.
10935 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
10936 whenever you view or export your document.
10937 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
10938 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
10939 EPS to avoid this problem.
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
10945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10946 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10955 name "File formats ! PDF"
10960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10969 This file type has the extension
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10986 Portable Document Format
10987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10990 (PDF) is developed by
10994 as derivative from PostScript.
10995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11005 looks exactly the same.
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 (JPG, file extension
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11045 Portable Network Graphics
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11049 (PNG, file extension
11050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11063 in the background to one of these formats.
11064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11065 will slow down your workflow.
11066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11075 in three different ways:
11078 \begin_layout Description
11079 PDF This uses the program
11083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11092 \begin_layout Description
11094 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11098 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11102 \begin_layout Description
11104 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11108 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11112 We recommend to use
11121 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11127 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11130 \begin_layout Subsection
11132 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11133 name "Document ! Preview "
11140 \begin_layout Standard
11141 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11142 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11146 and choose a file type.
11147 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11153 you can use the toolbar button
11154 \begin_inset Graphics
11155 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11165 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11169 you can use the toolbar button
11170 \begin_inset Graphics
11171 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11178 \begin_layout Standard
11179 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11180 viewer window using the menu
11182 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11191 To have a real output, export your document.
11194 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 Printing the File from within LyX
11196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11197 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11206 it directly from within LyX.
11207 To print a file, select the menu
11209 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11212 or click on the toolbar button
11213 \begin_inset Graphics
11214 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11219 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11220 This file is then processed by the program
11224 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11229 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11234 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11235 printing one set to print on the other side.
11236 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11237 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11238 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 You can set the parameters in the
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the name of the printer to print to
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 Note that this printer name is for the program
11270 has to be configured for this printer name.
11271 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11274 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11284 The printer should understand PostScript.
11287 \begin_layout Labeling
11288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11293 The name of a file to print to.
11294 The output will be a PostScript file.
11295 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11299 \begin_layout Section
11300 A few Words about Typography
11301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11309 \begin_layout Subsection
11311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11338 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11353 \begin_layout Enumerate
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11373 \begin_layout Enumerate
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11406 \begin_layout Enumerate
11412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11452 \begin_layout Enumerate
11456 \begin_inset Formula $-$
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 You generate them by inserting the
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11489 character multiple times in a row.
11490 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
11491 final output, but not in LyX.
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
11496 math mode and has a length of its own.
11497 Here are some examples of the
11498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11512 \begin_layout Enumerate
11513 line- and page-breaks
11522 \begin_layout Enumerate
11532 \begin_layout Enumerate
11533 Oh --- there's a dash.
11542 \begin_layout Enumerate
11543 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
11555 \begin_layout Subsection
11557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11563 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11564 name "sub:Hyphenation"
11571 \begin_layout Standard
11572 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
11573 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
11576 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11577 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
11583 following the rules of the document language
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
11595 German\InsetSpace ~
11601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11613 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
11618 and with unusual constructs, like
11619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
11628 This is done with the menu
11630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
11636 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
11637 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
11640 \begin_layout Standard
11641 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
11642 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
11643 a hyphen and a space in the form
11644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11652 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
11653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 as hyphenation possibility.
11661 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
11662 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
11663 of the LaTeX-box-command
11669 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
11670 As LyX doesn't support
11676 , we have to use ERT.
11677 The result looks in LyX like:
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11681 \begin_inset Graphics
11682 filename clipart/mbox.png
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
11692 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11693 reference "sec:ERT"
11700 \begin_layout Subsection
11702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11703 name "Punctuation marks"
11710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11711 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
11712 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
11722 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
11723 LaTeX then adds the
11724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11727 appropriate amount of space
11728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11732 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
11734 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
11741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
11753 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 Here are some examples of
11761 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
11764 \begin_layout Itemize
11769 \begin_layout Itemize
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
11778 \begin_layout Itemize
11781 this is too much space!
11784 \begin_layout Itemize
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
11797 \begin_layout Enumerate
11800 Protected\InsetSpace ~
11803 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
11805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11806 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
11813 \begin_layout Enumerate
11822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11823 Special\InsetSpace ~
11830 ) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
11837 \begin_layout Itemize
11840 this is too much space!
11843 \begin_layout Itemize
11844 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
11848 \begin_layout Standard
11849 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
11850 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
11851 LaTeX will care about this.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
11858 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11862 feature described in
11869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11872 name "Typography ! Quotes"
11877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11878 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
11883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
11893 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
11894 and use a closing quote at the end.
11896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11904 The keyboard character,
11908 , generates this automatically.
11911 \begin_layout Standard
11912 You can change the behavior of the
11916 key using the submenu
11922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11927 name "Document ! Settings"
11932 Selecting the button
11940 key produce the sequence:
11941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11953 , in contrast, makes the
11958 \begin_inset Quotes els
11964 \begin_layout Standard
11965 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
11970 There are six choices:
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11986 Use quotes like this
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 \begin_inset Quotes els
11999 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12009 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12013 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12019 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12023 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12027 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12033 \begin_layout Labeling
12034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12037 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12041 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12047 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12055 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12059 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12065 \begin_layout Labeling
12066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12069 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12073 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12079 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12087 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12091 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12097 \begin_layout Labeling
12098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12101 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12105 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12111 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12115 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12119 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12123 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12133 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12137 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12143 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12147 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12151 \begin_inset Quotes als
12155 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12161 \begin_layout Standard
12162 These options affects what character the
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12183 \begin_layout Subsection
12185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12186 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12192 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12197 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12198 name "sec:ligatures"
12205 \begin_layout Standard
12206 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12207 print them as single characters.
12208 These groups are known as
12213 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12215 Here are the standard ligatures:
12218 \begin_layout Itemize
12222 \begin_layout Itemize
12226 \begin_layout Itemize
12230 \begin_layout Itemize
12234 \begin_layout Itemize
12238 \begin_layout Standard
12239 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12242 \begin_layout Standard
12243 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12244 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12252 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12268 To break a ligature, use
12270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12271 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12272 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 \begin_layout Subsection
12315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12316 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12322 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 You have surely noticed, that the word
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12339 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12340 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12348 \begin_layout Standard
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12360 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12364 \begin_layout Description
12365 LyX The name of the game, write
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12373 \begin_layout Standard
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_layout Description
12388 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12410 \begin_layout Description
12411 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12419 \begin_layout Standard
12427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12433 \begin_layout Description
12434 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
12458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12462 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
12471 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
12472 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
12475 : The actual version is
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12483 , the previous one was
12484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12494 \begin_layout Standard
12495 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
12496 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
12497 This will look in LyX like:
12498 \begin_inset Graphics
12499 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
12505 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
12507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12508 reference "sec:ERT"
12515 \begin_layout Subsection
12517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12518 name "Typography ! Units"
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
12527 space between two words.
12528 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 for units use the menu
12540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12552 \begin_layout Standard
12553 Here's an example to show the differences:
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12557 \begin_inset Tabular
12558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
12560 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12561 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12569 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 space between number and unit
12588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12592 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12594 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12605 \begin_layout Standard
12606 half space between number and unit
12619 \begin_layout Subsection
12621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12622 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
12627 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12638 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12639 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12640 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12641 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12642 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12643 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12656 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12657 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12658 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12659 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12660 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12661 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12664 \begin_layout Standard
12665 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12666 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12667 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12669 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12670 key "latexcompanion"
12676 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12681 ] may have more information.
12682 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12685 \begin_layout Chapter
12686 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
12687 \begin_inset OptArg
12690 \begin_layout Standard
12697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12698 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
12705 \begin_layout Standard
12706 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
12711 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
12714 \begin_layout Section
12716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12722 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
12734 \begin_layout Description
12736 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
12739 \begin_inset Note Note
12742 \begin_layout Standard
12743 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
12751 \begin_layout Description
12752 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
12753 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
12755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
12762 \begin_inset Note Comment
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
12774 \begin_layout Description
12775 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
12776 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
12781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
12791 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
12792 How this can be done is explained in the
12794 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
12802 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
12811 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
12812 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
12815 \begin_layout Description
12816 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
12818 \begin_inset Note Framed
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
12827 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
12829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12830 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
12834 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
12838 \begin_layout Description
12839 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
12840 \begin_inset Note Shaded
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
12849 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
12850 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
12855 \begin_inset Graphics
12856 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
12858 scaleBeforeRotation
12864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12868 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
12871 \begin_layout Section
12873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12881 \begin_layout Standard
12882 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
12885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12888 or the toolbar button
12889 \begin_inset Graphics
12890 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
12903 \begin_inset Graphics
12904 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
12914 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12943 label, the box will
12947 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
12948 Clicking on the box label again, will close
12961 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
12977 \begin_layout Standard
12978 Here's an example footnote:
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
12997 position where the footnote box is placed.
12998 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
12999 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13000 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13001 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13002 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13007 ey are described in the
13009 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
13015 \begin_layout Section
13017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13018 name "Marginal notes"
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13027 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13030 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13033 or the toolbar button
13034 \begin_inset Graphics
13035 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 appearing within your text.
13063 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13072 \begin_layout Standard
13073 At the side is an example marginal note.
13077 \begin_inset Marginal
13080 \begin_layout Standard
13081 This is a marginal note.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13091 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13092 pages, right on odd pages.
13095 \begin_layout Section
13096 Graphics and Images
13097 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13103 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13109 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13110 name "sec:Graphics"
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13119 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13120 \begin_inset Graphics
13121 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13131 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13134 \begin_layout Standard
13135 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13140 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13141 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13142 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13144 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13146 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13147 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13154 \begin_layout Standard
13159 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13160 of the image in the output.
13161 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13173 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13176 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13177 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13191 You can also set the
13195 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13196 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13199 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13209 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13210 image size is printed.
13213 \begin_layout Standard
13214 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13215 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13217 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13218 centered paragraph:
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13223 \begin_inset Graphics
13224 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13227 rotateOrigin center
13234 \begin_layout Standard
13235 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13236 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13238 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13239 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13246 \begin_layout Subsection
13248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13249 name "Image formats"
13254 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13255 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13262 \begin_layout Standard
13263 You can insert images in any known file format.
13264 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13266 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13267 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13271 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13272 LyX uses therefore the program
13276 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13277 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13278 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13281 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13292 \begin_layout Description
13293 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13294 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13295 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13296 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 Graphics Interchange Format
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13304 (GIF, file extension
13305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13318 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 Portable Network Graphics
13327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13330 (PNG, file extension
13331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13344 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13352 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13356 (JPG, file extension
13357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13382 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13389 \begin_layout Description
13390 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13391 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13393 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13394 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13395 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13398 calable image formats can be
13399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 Scalable Vector Graphics
13403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 (SVG, file extension
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13420 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 Encapsulated PostScript
13429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 (EPS, file extension
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13446 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
13451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 Portable Document Format
13455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13458 (PDF, file extension
13459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13477 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
13478 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
13479 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
13493 \begin_layout Standard
13494 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
13498 \begin_layout Section
13500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13506 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13514 \begin_layout Standard
13515 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
13516 \begin_inset Graphics
13517 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
13524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13528 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
13529 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
13530 from the rest of the table.
13531 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
13532 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
13534 Here's an example table:
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13539 \begin_inset Tabular
13540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
13542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13546 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13593 <row topline="true">
13594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13615 \begin_layout Standard
13621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13624 \begin_layout Standard
13630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13633 \begin_layout Standard
13640 <row topline="true">
13641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13644 \begin_layout Standard
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Standard
13681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13684 \begin_layout Standard
13691 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13713 \begin_layout Standard
13719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13745 \begin_layout Subsection
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
13751 brings up the table dialog.
13752 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
13753 where the cursor is placed currently.
13754 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
13755 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
13756 done on all of your selection.
13757 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
13761 of the cell, and the cell itself.
13762 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13771 you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
13772 for the current row.
13773 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
13774 current cell respectively.
13775 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
13777 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
13778 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
13780 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13781 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
13795 This will merge the cells to
13799 cell, spread over more than one column.
13800 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
13801 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
13802 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
13803 in the last row without the upper border:
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13808 \begin_inset Tabular
13809 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
13810 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
13811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13812 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
13813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13815 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13825 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13834 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13846 \begin_layout Standard
13853 <row topline="true">
13854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13900 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13910 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
13947 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
13948 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
13949 explained in the tables section of the
13951 Extended\InsetSpace ~
13955 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
13956 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13959 degrees counterclockwise.
13960 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
13963 \begin_layout Standard
13964 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13967 \begin_layout Standard
13972 Most DVI-viewers are
13976 able to display rotations.
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13989 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
13994 adds lines for all cell borders.
13997 \begin_layout Subsection
13999 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14000 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14007 \begin_layout Standard
14008 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14018 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14019 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14022 \begin_layout Description
14027 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14028 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14029 except for the first page, if
14037 \begin_layout Description
14043 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14044 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14047 \begin_layout Description
14052 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14053 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14054 except for the last page, if
14062 \begin_layout Description
14068 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14069 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14073 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14074 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14075 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14076 The others will then be defined as
14081 In this context, first means first in this order:
14083 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14096 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14101 \begin_inset Tabular
14102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14103 <features islongtable="true">
14104 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14105 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14106 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14107 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14108 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14111 \begin_layout Standard
14114 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14119 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14122 \begin_layout Standard
14128 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14138 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14139 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14150 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14153 \begin_layout Standard
14159 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14162 \begin_layout Standard
14171 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14172 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14183 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14192 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14195 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14203 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14214 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14217 \begin_layout Standard
14223 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14235 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14236 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14247 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14250 \begin_layout Standard
14256 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14259 \begin_layout Standard
14266 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14270 \begin_layout Standard
14278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14281 \begin_layout Standard
14287 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14290 \begin_layout Standard
14297 <row bottomline="true">
14298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14301 \begin_layout Standard
14309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14312 \begin_layout Standard
14318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14328 <row bottomline="true">
14329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14332 \begin_layout Standard
14340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14343 \begin_layout Standard
14349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14359 <row bottomline="true">
14360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14363 \begin_layout Standard
14371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14374 \begin_layout Standard
14380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14383 \begin_layout Standard
14390 <row bottomline="true">
14391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14405 \begin_layout Standard
14411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14414 \begin_layout Standard
14421 <row bottomline="true">
14422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14452 <row bottomline="true">
14453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14476 \begin_layout Standard
14483 <row bottomline="true">
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14514 <row bottomline="true">
14515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14529 \begin_layout Standard
14535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14545 <row bottomline="true">
14546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14549 \begin_layout Standard
14557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14569 \begin_layout Standard
14576 <row bottomline="true">
14577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14580 \begin_layout Standard
14588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14600 \begin_layout Standard
14607 <row bottomline="true">
14608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14631 \begin_layout Standard
14638 <row bottomline="true">
14639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14642 \begin_layout Standard
14650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14653 \begin_layout Standard
14659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14669 <row bottomline="true">
14670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14673 \begin_layout Standard
14681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14700 <row bottomline="true">
14701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14715 \begin_layout Standard
14721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14731 <row bottomline="true">
14732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14735 \begin_layout Standard
14743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14746 \begin_layout Standard
14752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14755 \begin_layout Standard
14762 <row bottomline="true">
14763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14793 <row bottomline="true">
14794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14797 \begin_layout Standard
14805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14817 \begin_layout Standard
14824 <row bottomline="true">
14825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Standard
14845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14855 <row bottomline="true">
14856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14886 <row bottomline="true">
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14917 <row bottomline="true">
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14948 <row bottomline="true">
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14979 <row bottomline="true">
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14994 \begin_layout Standard
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15010 <row bottomline="true">
15011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15025 \begin_layout Standard
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15041 <row bottomline="true">
15042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15072 <row bottomline="true">
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15103 <row bottomline="true">
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15134 <row bottomline="true">
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15165 <row bottomline="true">
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15189 \begin_layout Standard
15196 <row bottomline="true">
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15227 <row bottomline="true">
15228 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15246 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <row bottomline="true">
15257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <row bottomline="true">
15288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15311 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <row bottomline="true">
15319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <row bottomline="true">
15350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <row bottomline="true">
15381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <row bottomline="true">
15412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Standard
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <row bottomline="true">
15443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <row bottomline="true">
15474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15497 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <row bottomline="true">
15505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15528 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <row bottomline="true">
15536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <row bottomline="true">
15567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <row bottomline="true">
15598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15601 \begin_layout Standard
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <row bottomline="true">
15629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <row bottomline="true">
15660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <row bottomline="true">
15691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <row bottomline="true">
15722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15745 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <row bottomline="true">
15753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15756 \begin_layout Standard
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Standard
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <row bottomline="true">
15784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15807 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <row bottomline="true">
15815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <row bottomline="true">
15846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <row bottomline="true">
15877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <row bottomline="true">
15908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15938 <row bottomline="true">
15939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15969 <row bottomline="true">
15970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Standard
16000 <row bottomline="true">
16001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16031 <row bottomline="true">
16032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16062 <row bottomline="true">
16063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Standard
16093 <row bottomline="true">
16094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16124 <row bottomline="true">
16125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16155 <row bottomline="true">
16156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16186 <row bottomline="true">
16187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16218 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16229 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16238 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Standard
16255 \begin_layout Subsection
16257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16258 name "Tables ! Cells"
16263 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16264 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16271 \begin_layout Standard
16272 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16273 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16274 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16275 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16279 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16280 for the cell's paragraph.
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16284 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16285 for the column in the table dialog.
16286 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16287 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16291 \begin_layout Standard
16293 \begin_inset Tabular
16294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16297 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16299 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Standard
16387 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Standard
16411 <row bottomline="true">
16412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout Standard
16443 This is longer now.
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16467 <row bottomline="true">
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16499 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16500 This is longer now.
16505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16508 \begin_layout Standard
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16532 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
16533 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16534 Selection with the mouse or with
16538 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16539 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
16540 the selection from outside the table.
16543 \begin_layout Section
16545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16560 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
16561 have a fixed location.
16563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16570 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
16577 Margin\InsetSpace ~
16580 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
16581 too much notes at the page.
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16585 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
16586 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
16587 and pages without text.
16588 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
16589 , every float can be referenced in the text.
16590 Floats are therefore numbered.
16591 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
16593 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16594 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 To insert a float, use the menu
16604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16608 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
16611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16614 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16619 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
16620 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
16622 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
16623 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
16624 paragraph within the float.
16625 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
16626 by left-clicking on the box label.
16627 A closed float box looks like this:
16628 \begin_inset Graphics
16629 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
16634 -- a gray button with a red label.
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16638 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
16639 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
16642 \begin_layout Subsection
16646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16649 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
16654 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16655 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16666 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16669 inserts a float with the label
16670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16675 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16683 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
16684 above to get the caption printed below the image.
16685 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
16687 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16688 reference "cap:kill-plat"
16693 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
16694 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
16695 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
16697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16698 reference "cap:escher"
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16706 \begin_inset Float figure
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16713 \begin_inset Graphics
16714 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16717 rotateOrigin center
16724 \begin_layout Standard
16725 \begin_inset Caption
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16728 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16729 name "cap:kill-plat"
16733 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 \begin_inset Float figure
16752 \begin_layout Standard
16753 \begin_inset Caption
16755 \begin_layout Standard
16756 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16772 \begin_inset Graphics
16773 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16776 rotateOrigin center
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16789 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
16791 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
16793 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16794 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16798 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
16800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16803 and refer to it using the menu
16805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16809 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
16811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16818 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
16820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16830 \begin_layout Standard
16831 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
16832 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
16833 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
16839 in the appearing dialog, use the option
16843 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
16844 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16846 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16847 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16851 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
16852 You can also set the images one below the other.
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16856 \begin_inset Float figure
16861 \begin_layout Standard
16865 \begin_inset Graphics
16866 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16869 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
16876 \begin_inset Graphics
16877 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16881 subcaptionText "Platypus"
16890 \begin_layout Standard
16891 \begin_inset Caption
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16894 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16895 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16899 Two distorted images.
16912 \begin_layout Standard
16913 Note that the caption is added to the
16919 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
16921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16922 reference "sec:ListsOf"
16929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16932 name "Floats ! Table floats"
16937 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16938 name "sec:Table-Floats"
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16946 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
16948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16949 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16953 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
16957 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16958 reference "cap:a table float"
16962 is an example of a table float.
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16966 \begin_inset Float table
16971 \begin_layout Standard
16972 \begin_inset Caption
16974 \begin_layout Standard
16975 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16976 name "cap:a table float"
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16990 \begin_inset Tabular
16991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16996 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Standard
17052 <row topline="true">
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Standard
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Standard
17108 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Standard
17122 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17143 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17145 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Standard
17166 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17190 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17197 \begin_layout Standard
17198 This float type is inserted with the menu
17200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17201 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17205 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17206 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17210 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17213 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17220 \begin_layout Standard
17221 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17224 \begin_layout Standard
17229 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17235 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17238 \begin_layout Standard
17243 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17247 \begin_layout Standard
17248 to the document preamble (menu
17250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17276 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17277 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17282 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17283 name "sec:floatflt"
17290 \begin_layout Standard
17291 This float type is used if you want to
17292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17299 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17301 It can be inserted using the menu
17302 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 \begin_inset Graphics
17309 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17312 rotateOrigin center
17319 \begin_layout Standard
17320 \begin_inset Caption
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17323 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17324 name "cap:This-is-a"
17328 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17330 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17346 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17351 if the LaTeX-package
17356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17357 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17366 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17376 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17378 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17381 reference "cap:This-is-a"
17385 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17386 wrap float with a width of 40
17387 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17394 \begin_layout Standard
17395 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17398 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17407 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17416 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17417 If you need this, read the documentation of
17422 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17430 \begin_layout Standard
17431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17434 \begin_layout Standard
17440 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
17441 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
17442 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
17443 over some other text.
17447 \begin_layout Standard
17448 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
17453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17454 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
17462 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
17475 \begin_layout Itemize
17476 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
17477 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
17478 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
17479 breaks will appear.
17482 \begin_layout Itemize
17483 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
17484 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
17487 \begin_layout Itemize
17488 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
17489 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
17492 \begin_layout Itemize
17493 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
17496 \begin_layout Subsection
17498 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17499 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17504 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17505 name "Floats ! Rotating"
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17513 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
17514 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
17517 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17523 \begin_layout Standard
17524 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
17525 a two-column document).
17526 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
17527 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
17528 a page with an even number).
17529 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
17531 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
17537 \begin_layout Standard
17538 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
17539 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
17541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17542 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
17546 is an example of a rotated table float.
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17550 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17558 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
17566 \begin_layout Standard
17567 \begin_inset Float table
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17573 \begin_inset Caption
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17577 name "cap:Rotated-table"
17589 \begin_layout Standard
17591 \begin_inset Tabular
17592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
17594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
17599 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Standard
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Standard
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Standard
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Standard
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Standard
17658 \begin_layout Subsection
17660 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17661 name "sub:Float-Placement"
17666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17667 name "Floats ! Placement"
17674 \begin_layout Standard
17675 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
17676 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
17683 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
17684 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
17689 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17692 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
17694 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17695 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17702 \begin_layout Standard
17703 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
17704 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
17707 default\InsetSpace ~
17713 \begin_layout Description
17716 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
17719 \begin_layout Description
17722 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
17725 \begin_layout Description
17726 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17728 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
17731 \begin_layout Description
17734 floats: try to place the float on an own page
17737 \begin_layout Standard
17738 The order of the above option is
17743 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
17756 , and then the others.
17757 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
17759 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
17760 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
17763 \begin_layout Standard
17764 By default, each options has its own rules:
17767 \begin_layout Standard
17774 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17775 % of the page can be placed at the top
17779 \begin_layout Standard
17782 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17786 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17787 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
17791 \begin_layout Standard
17798 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17799 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
17800 can be set together on a page.
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17804 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
17807 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
17814 \begin_layout Standard
17815 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
17816 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
17817 For this case you can use the option
17823 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
17825 Because the float is then no longer able to
17826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17833 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
17836 \begin_layout Standard
17837 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
17838 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17842 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
17844 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17845 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17856 \begin_layout Section
17858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17866 \begin_layout Standard
17867 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
17869 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
17874 \begin_layout Standard
17875 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
17877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17881 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
17882 and its alignment within the page.
17885 \begin_layout Standard
17887 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17896 height_special "totalheight"
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17902 This is a minipage.
17903 The text is set in an italic style.
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17909 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
17910 another formatting.
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17922 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
17926 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17929 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
17934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17941 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17950 height_special "totalheight"
17953 \begin_layout Standard
17954 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17955 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17963 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17972 height_special "totalheight"
17975 \begin_layout Standard
17976 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17977 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17985 \begin_layout Chapter
17986 Mathematical Formulas
17987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17993 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17994 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
17999 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18000 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18007 \begin_layout Section
18009 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18010 name "Math ! Basics"
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18019 \begin_inset Graphics
18020 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18025 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18027 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18028 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18029 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18043 , that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
18046 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18047 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18057 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18058 somewhere on the screen.
18059 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18060 will insert a formula for you.
18063 \begin_layout Standard
18064 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18065 line, like this one:
18068 \begin_layout Standard
18069 This is a line with an inline formula
18070 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18076 \begin_layout Standard
18077 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18079 \begin_inset Formula \[
18084 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18088 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18104 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18105 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18109 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18117 \begin_layout Subsection
18118 Navigating in Formulas
18119 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18120 name "Math ! Navigating"
18127 \begin_layout Standard
18128 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18129 achieved with the arrow keys.
18130 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18131 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18136 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18137 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18141 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18145 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18147 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18155 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18160 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18161 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18164 \begin_layout Standard
18169 , printed in this document as
18170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18191 \begin_inset Note Note
18194 \begin_layout Standard
18195 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18196 space character (visible space).
18201 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18202 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18203 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18208 For example, if you want
18209 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18220 \begin_layout Standard
18239 \begin_layout Standard
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18263 , since in the latter case only the
18266 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18271 will be under the square root sign:
18272 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18279 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18281 \begin_inset Formula \[
18282 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18285 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18289 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18290 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18293 \begin_layout Subsection
18297 \begin_layout Standard
18298 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18299 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18303 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18304 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18305 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18306 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18307 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18310 \begin_layout Subsection
18312 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18313 name "Math ! Math Panel"
18318 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18319 name "sec:math-panel"
18326 \begin_layout Standard
18332 dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
18334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18338 It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
18339 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18340 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18341 details in the following sections.
18344 \begin_layout Subsection
18345 Exponents and Subscripts
18346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18347 name "Math ! Exponents"
18352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18353 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18360 \begin_layout Standard
18361 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18362 way is to use a command.
18364 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18367 , type in a formula
18373 \begin_layout Standard
18389 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18395 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18399 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18420 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18429 , you have to use an extra
18433 to separate the hat and the character.
18436 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18457 Subscripts are similar: To get
18458 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18467 \begin_layout Standard
18481 \begin_layout Subsection
18483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18484 name "Math ! Fractions"
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 Create a fraction with either the command
18499 \begin_inset Graphics
18500 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
18511 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
18512 The cursor is above the fraction line.
18513 To move it to the bottom, simply press
18518 To move back up, press
18523 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18524 \begin_inset Formula \[
18525 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18527 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18534 \begin_layout Subsection
18536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18537 name "Math ! Roots"
18544 \begin_layout Standard
18545 Roots can be created using the
18551 \begin_inset Graphics
18552 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
18575 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
18581 produces always a square root.
18584 \begin_layout Subsection
18585 Operators with Limits
18586 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18593 name "Math ! Integrals"
18598 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18599 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18606 \begin_layout Standard
18608 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18612 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18615 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
18616 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18617 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18618 The sum operator will automatically place its
18619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18626 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
18629 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18633 \begin_inset Formula \[
18634 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
18638 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
18642 \begin_layout Standard
18643 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
18645 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
18646 behind the operator and hitting
18652 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18653 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18654 Change\InsetSpace ~
18655 Limits\InsetSpace ~
18661 \begin_layout Standard
18662 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18670 feature as addition, such as
18671 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18672 name "Math ! Limits"
18677 \begin_inset Formula \[
18678 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18682 which will place the
18683 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18695 In inline formulas it looks like this:
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18702 \begin_layout Standard
18703 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
18710 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
18712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18713 reference "sec:math-functions"
18717 for an explanation of function macros.
18720 \begin_layout Subsection
18722 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18723 name "Math ! Symbols"
18730 \begin_layout Standard
18731 Most math symbols can be found in the
18736 under one of several categories; including
18753 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18757 \begin_layout Standard
18758 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
18759 you don't have to use the
18764 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
18765 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
18768 \begin_layout Subsection
18770 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18771 name "Math ! Spaces"
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
18791 \begin_inset Graphics
18792 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
18797 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
18798 Here a example for the sequence
18803 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18807 \begin_inset Graphics
18808 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
18813 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
18814 the space marker and hit space again several times.
18815 With every space hit the size will be changed.
18816 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
18821 \begin_layout Standard
18831 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18847 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18853 \begin_layout Subsection
18855 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18856 name "Math ! Functions"
18861 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18862 name "sec:math-functions"
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18875 contains a number of functions, such as
18876 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18880 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18888 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
18895 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
18896 avoid confusions, because
18897 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18901 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
18907 \begin_layout Standard
18908 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
18910 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
18914 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
18920 \begin_layout Standard
18921 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
18922 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
18924 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18925 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18932 \begin_layout Subsection
18934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18935 name "Math ! Accents"
18942 \begin_layout Standard
18943 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18945 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18946 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
18948 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18951 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
18952 Our example is entered by typing
18960 \begin_layout Standard
18974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18975 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
18979 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
18982 \begin_layout Standard
18983 \begin_inset Float table
18988 \begin_layout Standard
18989 \begin_inset Caption
18991 \begin_layout Standard
18992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18993 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
18997 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19007 \begin_inset Tabular
19008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19013 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Standard
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Standard
19051 <row topline="true">
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Standard
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19096 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19105 <row topline="true">
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Standard
19137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19150 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19159 <row topline="true">
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Standard
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19204 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19213 <row topline="true">
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Standard
19258 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19267 <row topline="true">
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Standard
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Standard
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Standard
19312 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19321 <row topline="true">
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Standard
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Standard
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Standard
19366 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19375 <row topline="true">
19376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Standard
19407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Standard
19420 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19429 <row topline="true">
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Standard
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Standard
19474 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19483 <row topline="true">
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Standard
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Standard
19528 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19537 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Standard
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19573 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
19600 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19601 made within a formula too.
19604 \begin_layout Section
19605 Brackets and Delimiters
19606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19607 name "Math ! Brackets"
19612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19613 name "Math ! Delimiters"
19618 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19619 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19626 \begin_layout Standard
19627 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19628 For most purposes, using just the keys
19633 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
19634 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
19640 \begin_inset Graphics
19641 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
19646 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19648 \begin_inset Formula \[
19649 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19651 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
19655 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
19656 \begin_inset Formula \[
19657 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19664 \begin_layout Standard
19665 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
19666 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
19671 left side and right side.
19672 If you use the option
19677 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
19678 The selection will be shown below the button field.
19679 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19680 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
19683 \begin_layout Standard
19684 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
19685 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
19686 inside the brackets.
19687 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
19692 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19695 \begin_layout Standard
19696 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
19697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19707 \begin_layout Section
19709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19710 name "Math ! Grouping"
19715 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19716 name "sec:Grouping"
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19724 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19725 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 \begin_inset Formula \[
19738 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19746 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19761 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19762 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
19763 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
19766 \begin_layout Section
19767 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19768 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19769 name "Math ! Arrays"
19774 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19775 name "Math ! Matrices"
19780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19781 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
19788 \begin_layout Standard
19789 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
19795 \begin_inset Graphics
19796 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
19801 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
19802 Here is an example:
19803 \begin_inset Formula \[
19804 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19807 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
19811 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19813 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19814 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19819 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
19820 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19821 This alignment is set in the box
19826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19874 for every column as default.
19875 For example, the sequence
19876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19887 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19888 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
19889 corresponds to the relevant column.
19890 The result will look like this:
19891 \begin_inset Formula \[
19893 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19894 column & has & has\, right\\
19895 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19902 \begin_layout Standard
19903 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19907 while the cursor is in the matrix.
19908 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
19910 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
19918 It can be created with the menu
19920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19921 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19933 \begin_inset Formula \[
19937 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
19944 \begin_layout Standard
19945 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19948 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
19956 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
19965 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
19966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19973 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
19974 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
19975 A new row is created by every further hit of
19983 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
19984 Here is an example:
19985 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19986 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
19987 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
19991 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
19992 where you want to start the shift and hit
19997 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
19998 position to the next column.
19999 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20000 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20001 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20002 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20009 \begin_layout Standard
20010 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20017 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20018 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20019 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20020 reference "eq:asquared"
20025 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20027 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20028 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20035 \begin_layout Section
20036 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20037 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20038 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20044 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20049 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20050 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20057 \begin_layout Standard
20058 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20060 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20061 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20062 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20071 The formula number appears in LyX as
20072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20079 within parentheses.
20081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20088 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20090 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20091 the document class.
20092 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20093 separated by a dot:
20094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20095 1+1=2\end{equation}
20104 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20105 You can only number displayed formulas.
20108 \begin_layout Standard
20109 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20112 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20113 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20114 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20123 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20124 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20126 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20127 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20131 To number all lines use the shortcut
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20140 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20143 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20144 A label is inserted with the menu
20146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20149 when the cursor is in the formula.
20150 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20151 It is recommended to use the proposed
20152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20163 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20164 type when you have many labels in your document.
20165 We inserted in the following example the label
20166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20173 in the second line:
20174 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20175 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20176 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20180 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20181 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20191 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20198 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20199 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20200 as the formula number:
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20204 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20205 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20206 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20213 \begin_layout Standard
20214 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20217 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20222 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20228 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20241 \begin_layout Section
20242 User defined math macros
20243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20244 name "Math ! Macros"
20251 \begin_layout Standard
20252 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20253 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20254 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20257 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20258 \begin_inset Formula \[
20259 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20263 The general form of its solution is:
20264 \begin_inset Formula \[
20265 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20272 \begin_layout Standard
20273 The macro should print the parameters
20274 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20278 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20282 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20285 like in the equation above.
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 A macro is created by executing the command
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20312 \begin_layout Standard
20321 Number\InsetSpace ~
20326 \begin_layout Standard
20327 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20328 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20329 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20330 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 We have three arguments and name the macro
20336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20343 , so that the command is:
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20353 \begin_layout Standard
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 This results in the following macro definition box:
20380 \begin_inset Graphics
20381 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20386 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20387 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20388 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20392 \begin_inset Note Note
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20396 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20397 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20406 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20407 the math panel or commands.
20408 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20409 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20420 for the first argument.
20421 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20422 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20423 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20424 in LyX with its full size.
20425 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20426 In our example we insert the sequence
20456 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
20459 \begin_layout Standard
20460 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
20461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20475 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
20478 \begin_layout Standard
20480 \begin_inset Graphics
20481 filename clipart/macrouse.png
20488 \begin_layout Standard
20489 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
20490 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
20491 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
20492 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
20493 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
20498 to the new definition.
20499 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
20500 \begin_inset Formula $x$
20504 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
20508 \begin_inset Formula $B$
20512 \begin_inset Formula \[
20513 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20521 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_layout Standard
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20570 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20574 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
20575 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
20576 definition box in your document.
20577 There are also some other restrictions: The command
20579 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
20581 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
20586 \begin_layout Section
20590 \begin_layout Subsection
20592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20593 name "Math ! Typefaces"
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
20602 To set a font in a formula, use the
20608 \begin_inset Graphics
20609 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
20613 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
20615 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20616 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20623 \begin_layout Standard
20624 \begin_inset Float table
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 \begin_inset Caption
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20634 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20638 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20648 \begin_inset Tabular
20649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20653 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20657 \begin_layout Standard
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20673 <row topline="true">
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20684 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Standard
20706 <row topline="true">
20707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Standard
20733 <row topline="true">
20734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20738 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20749 \begin_layout Standard
20760 <row topline="true">
20761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Standard
20771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Standard
20793 <row topline="true">
20794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
20806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20820 <row topline="true">
20821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20847 <row topline="true">
20848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20859 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20881 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20885 \begin_layout Standard
20886 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20929 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
20947 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
20952 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
20953 protected space when you need a space in the box.
20954 Here an example where a
20955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20966 denotes the set of numbers:
20967 \begin_inset Formula \[
20968 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
20987 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
20992 So better don't use this feature.
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
20997 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21002 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21008 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21009 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21022 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21029 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 \begin_layout Subsection
21038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21049 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21052 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21062 \begin_inset Graphics
21063 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21067 (alternatively the shortcut
21073 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21074 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21075 Here is an example:
21076 \begin_inset Formula \[
21078 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21079 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21086 \begin_layout Subsection
21088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21089 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21097 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21098 automatically chosen in most situations.
21116 For most characters,
21124 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21125 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21130 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21131 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21132 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21133 \begin_inset Graphics
21134 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21139 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21140 For example, you can set
21141 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21144 , which is normally in
21153 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21157 The four styles are used in the following example:
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21161 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21165 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21169 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21173 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21181 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21187 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21188 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21189 will be adjusted to correspond.
21190 As example a formula in the font size
21191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21201 \begin_layout Standard
21205 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21211 \begin_layout Section
21213 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21219 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21229 (AMS) that are in common use.
21232 \begin_layout Subsection
21233 Enabling AMS-Support
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 Selecting the checkbox
21246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21250 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21251 name "Document ! Settings"
21260 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21262 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21263 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21266 \begin_layout Subsection
21268 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21269 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21275 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21282 \begin_layout Standard
21283 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21284 LyX allows you to choose between
21305 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21308 \begin_layout Chapter
21312 \begin_layout Section
21314 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21315 name "Cross references"
21320 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21321 name "sec:Cross-References"
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21330 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21332 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21333 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21334 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21337 \begin_layout Enumerate
21341 \begin_layout Enumerate
21342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21343 name "enu:Second-item"
21350 \begin_layout Enumerate
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21360 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21361 \begin_inset Graphics
21362 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21368 A grey label box like this:
21369 \begin_inset Graphics
21370 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21375 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21376 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21411 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21412 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21433 or the toolbar button
21434 \begin_inset Graphics
21435 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
21441 A grey cross-reference box like this:
21442 \begin_inset Graphics
21443 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
21448 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
21450 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
21451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21463 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
21465 Here is our cross-reference:
21468 \begin_layout Standard
21471 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21472 reference "enu:Second-item"
21479 \begin_layout Standard
21480 It is recommended to use a protected space
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 described in section\InsetSpace ~
21487 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21488 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
21497 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 There are six varieties of cross-references:
21505 \begin_layout Description
21506 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
21507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21508 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21515 \begin_layout Description
21516 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
21517 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
21519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21527 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
21528 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21535 \begin_layout Description
21536 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
21538 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21539 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21546 \begin_layout Description
21549 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
21550 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
21551 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21558 \begin_layout Description
21559 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
21562 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
21564 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
21565 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21572 \begin_layout Description
21573 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
21574 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
21577 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21585 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
21588 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21589 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
21603 \begin_layout Standard
21604 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
21605 the previous, the same, or the next page.
21606 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
21609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
21625 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
21626 The varieties are adjusted in the field
21630 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21635 You can only use the style
21639 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
21643 is always possible.
21644 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
21645 on the previous, same, or next page.
21648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21663 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
21664 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
21665 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
21666 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
21668 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21669 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21683 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
21684 The button text changes then to
21689 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
21690 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
21691 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
21695 \begin_layout Standard
21696 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
21697 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
21698 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
21703 marks in the output instead of the reference.
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 References are described in detail in the
21714 \begin_layout Section
21715 Table of Contents and other Listings
21716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21717 name "Table of contents"
21722 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21728 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21736 \begin_layout Subsection
21737 Table of Contents and Outline
21738 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21739 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
21746 \begin_layout Standard
21747 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
21749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21750 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21756 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
21757 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
21758 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
21759 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
21766 \begin_layout Standard
21767 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
21768 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
21769 in section\InsetSpace ~
21771 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21772 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
21776 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
21777 Section\InsetSpace ~
21779 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21780 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
21784 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
21786 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
21787 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
21788 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
21791 \begin_layout Standard
21792 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
21794 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
21796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21802 \begin_layout Subsection
21803 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
21804 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21813 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
21814 You can insert them via the
21816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21822 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
21825 \begin_layout Section
21826 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 It is often desirable to include long
21837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21844 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
21845 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
21846 to typeset properly.
21847 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21848 resulting in an overfull line.
21849 To avoid this, use the menu
21851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21854 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
21862 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
21867 \begin_layout Standard
21868 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21869 name "LyX-Homepage"
21870 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21888 \begin_layout Itemize
21889 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21890 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21904 \begin_layout Itemize
21905 URLs must not end with a backslash!
21908 \begin_layout Section
21910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21917 name "sec:Appendices"
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21925 Appendices are created with the menu
21927 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21929 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21933 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
21934 as appendix region.
21935 The region is marked with a red borderline.
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
21940 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
21941 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
21942 and the subsection number.
21943 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
21947 \begin_layout Standard
21948 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21951 reference "cha:Credits"
21955 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21957 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21958 reference "sub:Export"
21965 \begin_layout Section
21967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21968 name "Bibliography"
21973 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21974 name "sec:Bibliography"
21981 \begin_layout Standard
21982 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
21983 You can include a bibliography database
21987 \begin_layout Standard
21988 Known under the name
21989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22001 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22003 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22007 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22009 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22010 reference "sub:biblio_environment"
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22022 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22024 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22033 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22035 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22044 , a short form of its title, as key.
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22048 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22053 or the toobar button
22054 \begin_inset Graphics
22055 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
22056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22061 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22062 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22063 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22064 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22070 with surrounding brackets.
22075 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22076 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22091 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22094 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22095 key "latexcompanion"
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22104 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22112 \begin_layout Subsection
22113 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22114 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22115 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22120 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22121 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22128 \begin_layout Standard
22129 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22131 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22133 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22134 your working field in a database.
22135 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22136 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22139 \begin_layout Standard
22140 The database is a text file with the file extension
22141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22152 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22153 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22154 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22155 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22160 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22164 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22165 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22171 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22174 \begin_layout Standard
22175 To use a database, use the menu
22177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22182 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22198 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22199 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22202 \begin_layout Standard
22203 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22215 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22216 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22217 take care of the layout.
22220 \begin_layout Standard
22221 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22231 \begin_layout Standard
22232 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22234 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22260 \begin_layout Standard
22271 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22279 \begin_layout Standard
22280 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22288 the two methods of creating them.
22289 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22290 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22291 We used the style file
22295 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22298 \begin_layout Subsection
22299 Bibliography layout
22300 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22301 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22310 For this feature you need to use the option
22316 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22321 name "Document ! Settings"
22330 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22331 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22332 in the previous section.
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22336 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22337 in the citation reference window.
22338 Here an example where we set the text
22339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22342 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22347 to appear after the reference:
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22352 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22354 key "latexcompanion"
22361 \begin_layout Section
22363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22364 name "Index generation"
22371 \begin_layout Standard
22372 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22373 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22379 or the toobar button
22380 \begin_inset Graphics
22381 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
22382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22399 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22400 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22403 \begin_layout Standard
22404 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22407 \begin_layout Standard
22412 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22413 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22418 Therefore you cannot insert
22421 \begin_layout Standard
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 to an index entry field, because the
22429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22436 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
22438 The correct entry is
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22449 \begin_layout Standard
22450 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
22451 ways using special LaTeX commands.
22452 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
22453 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
22455 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22456 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22463 \begin_layout Standard
22464 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
22467 \begin_layout Standard
22468 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
22470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22473 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22478 A light blue box labeled
22479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22490 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
22491 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
22494 \begin_layout Subsection
22495 Grouping Index Entries
22496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22497 name "Index ! Grouping"
22504 \begin_layout Standard
22505 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
22507 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
22508 lists under the entry
22509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22517 First we create the entry
22518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22525 in section\InsetSpace ~
22527 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22528 reference "sub:Lists"
22533 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
22535 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22536 reference "sec:itemize"
22540 , we insert the command
22543 \begin_layout Standard
22549 \begin_layout Standard
22553 \begin_layout Standard
22559 \begin_layout Standard
22560 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
22562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22563 reference "sec:enumerate"
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 The exclamation mark
22572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22579 marks the grouping levels.
22580 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
22581 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
22582 If we don't have an index entry for
22583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22590 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
22593 \begin_layout Subsection
22595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22596 name "Index ! Page ranges"
22603 \begin_layout Standard
22604 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
22606 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
22607 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
22608 in section\InsetSpace ~
22610 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22611 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22621 Paragraph environments|(
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22625 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
22627 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22628 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22638 Paragraph environments|)
22641 \begin_layout Standard
22643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22666 respectively starts and ends the index range.
22667 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
22668 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
22669 the pages of the indexed document parts.
22670 An example is the index entry
22671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22674 Document ! Settings
22675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22681 \begin_layout Subsection
22683 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22684 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
22693 We referred for example in the index entry
22694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22701 (in section\InsetSpace ~
22703 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22704 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
22708 ) to the index entry
22709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22716 in the same section using the command
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22722 GIF|see{Image formats}
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22726 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
22727 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
22730 \begin_layout Subsection
22732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22733 name "Index ! Entry order"
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
22742 then not follow the rules for the index order.
22743 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
22747 \begin_layout Standard
22748 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
22749 section\InsetSpace ~
22751 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22752 reference "sub:Index-Program"
22761 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
22762 We created as example the three dummy index entries
22763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22787 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22788 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
22793 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22794 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
22799 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22800 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
22804 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
22805 order maïs, maison, maître.
22806 To achieve this, we use the command
22809 \begin_layout Standard
22812 previous entry@current entry
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22816 In our case we want to have
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22832 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
22835 \begin_layout Standard
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
22843 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
22847 \begin_layout Subsection
22849 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22850 name "Index ! Entry layout"
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22858 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
22859 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
22862 \begin_layout Standard
22867 textit{This is an italic entry}
22870 \begin_layout Standard
22877 produces the italic layout.
22878 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22879 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
22883 We refer to LaTeX books (
22884 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22885 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22889 ) for an overview of layout commands.
22890 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
22891 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
22895 \begin_layout Standard
22900 textit{This is an italic entry}
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22904 You can also format the page number using the character
22905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22912 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
22913 We can write for example
22916 \begin_layout Standard
22919 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
22922 \begin_layout Standard
22923 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
22924 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22925 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
22929 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
22931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22946 command{page\InsetSpace ~
22950 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
22952 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22953 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
22957 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
22963 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
22964 for all index entries.
22967 \begin_layout Subsection
22969 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22970 name "Index ! Program"
22975 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22976 name "sub:Index-Program"
22983 \begin_layout Standard
22984 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
22989 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23015 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23021 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23022 manuals of the programs.
23025 \begin_layout Section
23026 Nomenclature / Glossary
23027 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23028 name "Nomenclature"
23033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23034 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23042 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23043 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23052 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23059 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23060 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23065 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23068 \begin_layout Standard
23069 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23070 and then use the menu
23072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23077 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23080 or the toobar button
23081 \begin_inset Graphics
23082 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
23083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23100 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23103 \begin_layout Standard
23104 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23105 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23106 The second is the description of the symbol.
23109 \begin_layout Standard
23110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23113 \begin_layout Standard
23118 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23119 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23127 \begin_layout Subsection
23128 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23129 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23130 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23137 \begin_layout Standard
23138 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23142 field as LaTeX-formula.
23144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23148 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23173 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23174 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23186 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23196 \begin_layout Standard
23197 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23200 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23213 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23214 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23219 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23226 in this document is:
23230 dummy entry for the character
23252 font use the command
23281 \begin_layout Subsection
23282 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23283 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23284 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23291 \begin_layout Standard
23292 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23293 the symbol definition.
23294 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23295 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23298 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23300 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
23307 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23311 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23314 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23319 They will be sorted by
23320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23346 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23349 will be sorted before the
23353 since the character
23354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23361 is considered in sorting.
23364 \begin_layout Standard
23365 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23370 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23371 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23373 For the given example, you can insert
23377 to this field for the
23378 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23385 will be located before
23386 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23392 \begin_layout Standard
23393 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23398 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23406 \begin_layout Subsection
23407 Nomenclature Options
23408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23409 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23416 \begin_layout Standard
23421 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23422 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
23425 \begin_layout Description
23426 refeq Appends the phrase
23427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23442 to every nomenclature entry, where
23448 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
23451 \begin_layout Description
23452 refpage Appends the phrase
23453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23468 to every nomenclature entry, where
23474 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
23477 \begin_layout Description
23478 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 There are furthermore the options
23526 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
23530 \begin_layout Standard
23531 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
23532 class options list in the
23534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23538 In this document the options
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23556 \begin_layout Standard
23557 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
23558 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
23563 field in the nomenclature dialog:
23566 \begin_layout Description
23576 \begin_layout Description
23579 nomrefpage Like the
23586 \begin_layout Description
23589 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
23598 \begin_layout Description
23601 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
23604 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
23607 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
23610 \begin_layout Standard
23617 was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
23618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23628 \begin_layout Subsection
23629 Printing the Nomenclature
23630 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23631 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
23638 \begin_layout Standard
23639 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
23641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23644 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23648 A light blue box labeled
23649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23660 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
23661 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
23664 \begin_layout Standard
23665 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
23666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23674 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
23682 For example, in order to change the name to
23686 , add the following line to the preamble:
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23697 nomname}{List of Symbols}
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
23709 by adding the following line to the preamble:
23712 \begin_layout Standard
23720 nomlabelwidth}{width}
23723 \begin_layout Standard
23726 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23728 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23729 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
23734 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23738 \begin_layout Section
23740 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23747 name "Document ! Branches"
23752 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23753 name "sec:Branches"
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
23762 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
23763 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
23764 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
23769 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
23770 To create a branch, go in the
23772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23780 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
23781 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
23784 \begin_layout Standard
23785 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
23786 These boxes are inserted via the menu
23788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23791 where you can choose a branch.
23792 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23796 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
23797 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
23800 \begin_layout Standard
23801 \begin_inset Branch Question
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23805 Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
23813 \begin_layout Standard
23814 \begin_inset Branch Answer
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23818 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
23826 \begin_layout Section
23827 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
23828 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23836 \begin_layout Subsection
23838 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23844 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23845 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
23852 \begin_layout Standard
23853 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
23854 constructs, but not all.
23855 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
23856 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
23857 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
23858 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23859 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
23860 and their commands.
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
23867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23874 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
23875 An ERT box is created by the menu
23877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23880 or by the toolbar button
23881 \begin_inset Graphics
23882 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
23887 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
23900 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
23901 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
23912 \begin_layout Standard
23913 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
23914 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
23915 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
23922 , you can write the command part
23928 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
23932 in a second ERT box behind the word.
23933 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
23937 \begin_layout Standard
23938 \begin_inset Graphics
23939 filename clipart/ERT.png
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23952 This is a line with a
23956 \begin_layout Standard
23969 \begin_layout Standard
23979 \begin_layout Standard
23980 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23988 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
23989 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
23997 \begin_layout Subsection
23998 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
23999 \begin_inset OptArg
24002 \begin_layout Standard
24009 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24010 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24015 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24016 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24024 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24025 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24026 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24035 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24036 every time if you know the right commands.
24038 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24039 the end of the day.
24040 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24041 all caption labels bold.
24042 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24044 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24047 \begin_layout Standard
24048 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24049 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24050 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24052 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 As result you know that the package
24066 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24067 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24072 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24080 \begin_layout Standard
24085 usepackage[options]{package name}
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24090 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24091 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24094 \begin_layout Standard
24095 In your case the package name is
24100 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24105 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24106 So you add the command
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24114 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24117 \begin_layout Standard
24118 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24122 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24124 For example if you use a
24128 t class, you don't need the package
24132 , you can instead write
24135 \begin_layout Standard
24140 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24145 \begin_layout Standard
24146 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24147 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24148 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24156 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24159 \begin_layout Standard
24160 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24161 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24163 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24167 \begin_layout Standard
24168 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24170 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24171 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24179 \begin_layout Section
24180 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24181 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24182 name "Instant preview"
24187 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24188 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24193 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24194 name "Document ! Preview"
24201 \begin_layout Standard
24202 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24203 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24204 to break your train of thought with
24206 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24214 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24218 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24224 as explained below, and turn on
24226 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24231 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24238 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24245 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24247 Previews of an already loaded document are
24251 generated just by selecting the
24253 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24256 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24259 \begin_layout Standard
24260 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24261 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24266 check box in the insert dialog.
24267 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24276 (on some systems named simply
24281 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24282 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24287 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24288 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24296 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24300 \begin_layout Standard
24301 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24307 \begin_layout Standard
24308 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24312 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24316 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24317 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24319 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24320 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24321 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24322 the source view window.
24325 \begin_layout Section
24327 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24328 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24334 name "Spell checking"
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24342 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24343 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24360 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24366 can be seen as successor of
24370 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24375 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24376 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24386 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24396 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24399 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24400 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24401 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24402 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24403 scrolled so that it is visible.
24408 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
24410 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
24414 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
24415 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
24422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24426 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
24427 will bring an error message.
24428 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
24429 specifying a different
24431 Alternative language
24433 in preferences dialog.
24436 \begin_layout Standard
24437 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
24440 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24445 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
24446 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
24448 But you can use the
24457 \begin_layout Standard
24458 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
24459 This does work with
24463 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
24466 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24475 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
24478 \begin_layout Description
24479 Escape\InsetSpace ~
24480 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
24481 checker should consider, e.g.
24482 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
24483 This should not normally be needed.
24486 \begin_layout Description
24487 Personal\InsetSpace ~
24488 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
24489 choice as your personal dictionary
24492 \begin_layout Description
24493 Accept\InsetSpace ~
24494 compound\InsetSpace ~
24495 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
24497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24507 \begin_layout Description
24510 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
24512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24519 also for the spellchecker.
24523 \begin_layout Standard
24524 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
24526 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24527 reference "sub:Settings"
24536 Enable this if you can't spell check words with international letters in
24538 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
24539 so this is disabled by default.
24542 \begin_layout Section
24544 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24550 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24551 name "sec:Thesaurus"
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
24566 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24569 or the toolbar button
24570 \begin_inset Graphics
24571 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
24572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24573 rotateOrigin center
24578 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
24584 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
24585 cases to find related words.
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24589 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
24591 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
24592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24599 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
24600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24608 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
24609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24627 \begin_layout Section
24628 International Support
24629 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24630 name "International support"
24637 \begin_layout Standard
24638 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
24639 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
24640 how to set up LyX to use them:
24641 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24642 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
24649 \begin_layout Subsection
24651 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24652 name "Language options"
24657 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24658 name "Document ! Settings"
24663 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24664 name "Document ! Language"
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24677 dialog lets you set
24679 the language and character encoding for your language.
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 Choose your language in the
24690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24699 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24707 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
24708 When you select the encoding
24715 Use language's default encoding
24717 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
24718 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24725 The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
24727 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24728 reference "sub:Settings"
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24736 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
24737 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
24738 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
24739 for that matter), the
24743 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
24744 Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
24753 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
24757 , finally, should be chosen for
24761 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
24766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24767 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 See section\InsetSpace ~
24778 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24779 reference "sub:Settings"
24791 \begin_layout Subsection
24792 Keyboard mapping configuration
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
24797 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
24798 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
24799 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
24800 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
24801 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
24802 which one you want to use.
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
24807 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
24808 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
24809 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
24810 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
24811 one to support the characters you want.
24812 This and much more customizations are explained in the
24819 \begin_layout Subsection
24821 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24832 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24833 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
24842 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24847 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
24848 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
24856 \begin_layout Itemize
24857 Even if you have selected
24863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24866 dialog, users who have only the
24870 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
24874 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
24875 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
24876 french quotes won't show up.
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 \begin_inset Float table
24885 \begin_layout Standard
24886 \begin_inset Caption
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24890 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24908 \begin_inset Tabular
24909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
24911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
24927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
24928 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
24929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24941 \begin_layout Standard
24956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24995 \begin_layout Standard
25010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25031 \begin_layout Standard
25046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25139 \begin_layout Standard
25154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25211 \begin_layout Standard
25227 <row topline="true">
25228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25231 \begin_layout Standard
25246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25249 \begin_layout Standard
25255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25258 \begin_layout Standard
25264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25310 \begin_layout Standard
25324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25388 \begin_layout Standard
25402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25405 \begin_layout Standard
25419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25439 \begin_layout Standard
25453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25456 \begin_layout Standard
25471 <row topline="true">
25472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25475 \begin_layout Standard
25490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25562 \begin_layout Standard
25576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25665 \begin_layout Standard
25679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25682 \begin_layout Standard
25696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25731 <row topline="true">
25732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25986 <row topline="true">
25987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25990 \begin_layout Standard
26005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26246 <row topline="true">
26247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26250 \begin_layout Standard
26265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26406 \begin_layout Standard
26412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26449 \begin_layout Standard
26463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26498 <row topline="true">
26499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26520 \begin_layout Standard
26526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26529 \begin_layout Standard
26535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26750 <row topline="true">
26751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26772 \begin_layout Standard
26778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26875 \begin_layout Standard
26889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26987 \begin_layout Standard
27002 <row topline="true">
27003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27162 \begin_layout Standard
27176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27262 <row topline="true">
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27404 \begin_layout Standard
27410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27522 <row topline="true">
27523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27562 \begin_layout Standard
27576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27673 \begin_layout Standard
27679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27733 \begin_layout Standard
27747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27782 <row topline="true">
27783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27993 \begin_layout Standard
28007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28042 <row topline="true">
28043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28167 \begin_layout Standard
28181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28287 \begin_layout Standard
28302 <row topline="true">
28303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28498 \begin_layout Standard
28512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28515 \begin_layout Standard
28529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28564 <row topline="true">
28565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28621 \begin_layout Standard
28635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28733 \begin_layout Standard
28747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28784 \begin_layout Standard
28798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28801 \begin_layout Standard
28816 <row topline="true">
28817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28856 \begin_layout Standard
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28890 \begin_layout Standard
28904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28924 \begin_layout Standard
28938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28993 \begin_layout Standard
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29027 \begin_layout Standard
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29076 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
29077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29080 \begin_layout Standard
29095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29098 \begin_layout Standard
29104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29107 \begin_layout Standard
29113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29167 \begin_layout Standard
29181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29245 \begin_layout Standard
29259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Standard
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29340 \begin_layout Standard
29341 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
29343 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
29344 also the characters from
29356 \begin_layout Itemize
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29372 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29378 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
29389 \begin_layout Standard
29395 \begin_layout Standard
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29408 \begin_layout Itemize
29421 \begin_layout Standard
29427 \begin_layout Standard
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29439 \begin_layout Standard
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29459 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
29460 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
29461 Also make sure you're using the
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29472 \begin_layout Chapter
29475 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29476 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
29483 \begin_layout Standard
29484 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
29485 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
29486 inside the user's guide.
29489 \begin_layout Section
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29498 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
29499 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
29502 \begin_layout Subsection
29506 \begin_layout Standard
29507 Creates a new document.
29510 \begin_layout Subsection
29514 \begin_layout Standard
29515 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
29516 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
29517 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
29520 \begin_layout Subsection
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29528 \begin_layout Subsection
29532 \begin_layout Standard
29533 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
29534 Click there on a file to open it.
29537 \begin_layout Subsection
29541 \begin_layout Standard
29542 Closes the current document.
29545 \begin_layout Subsection
29549 \begin_layout Standard
29550 Saves the actual document.
29553 \begin_layout Subsection
29557 \begin_layout Standard
29558 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
29561 \begin_layout Subsection
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29566 Reloads the actual document from disk.
29569 \begin_layout Subsection
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29574 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
29575 It is described in the section
29577 Version Control in LyX
29581 Extended\InsetSpace ~
29587 \begin_layout Subsection
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29592 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
29593 text files (ASCII-files).
29594 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29598 When using the menu
29601 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
29604 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
29605 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
29606 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
29607 will start a new paragraph.
29610 \begin_layout Subsection
29612 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29621 You can export your document to various file formats.
29622 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
29623 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
29624 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29628 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
29629 section\InsetSpace ~
29631 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29632 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
29639 \begin_layout Description
29645 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
29646 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
29649 \begin_layout Description
29657 \begin_layout Description
29658 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
29662 \begin_layout Description
29665 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
29670 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
29678 \begin_layout Description
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29695 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
29696 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
29700 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
29703 \begin_layout Description
29710 \begin_layout Standard
29720 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
29721 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
29729 \begin_layout Description
29731 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
29732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29739 is replaced by the version number)
29742 \begin_layout Description
29743 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
29756 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
29760 \begin_layout Description
29765 PDF-format using the program
29770 \begin_layout Description
29776 PDF-format using the program
29781 \begin_layout Description
29787 PDF-format using the program
29792 \begin_layout Description
29801 \begin_layout Description
29808 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
29809 and then exported as text using the program
29814 \begin_layout Description
29819 PostScript format using the program
29824 \begin_layout Description
29832 \begin_layout Standard
29837 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
29838 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
29844 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
29847 \begin_layout Standard
29848 If one of the menu entries
29861 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
29862 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
29864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29865 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
29870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29871 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29883 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
29884 the export program.
29887 \begin_layout Subsection
29891 \begin_layout Standard
29892 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
29893 or send it to a printer.
29894 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
29895 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
29901 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
29903 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29904 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
29911 \begin_layout Subsection
29912 New and Close Window
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29916 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
29917 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
29920 \begin_layout Section
29924 \begin_layout Subsection
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29929 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29932 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
29939 \begin_layout Subsection
29940 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
29943 \begin_layout Standard
29944 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29947 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
29954 \begin_layout Subsection
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 Selects the whole document.
29962 \begin_layout Subsection
29964 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29965 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
29972 \begin_layout Standard
29973 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
29975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
29976 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
29983 \begin_layout Subsection
29984 Move paragraph Up/Down
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29988 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
29992 \begin_layout Subsection
29994 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29995 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
30002 \begin_layout Standard
30003 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30005 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30006 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
30013 \begin_layout Subsection
30015 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30016 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
30023 \begin_layout Standard
30024 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
30026 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
30029 \begin_layout Standard
30030 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
30031 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
30034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30045 \begin_layout Subsection
30049 \begin_layout Standard
30050 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
30051 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
30052 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30054 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30055 reference "sec:tables"
30059 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
30061 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30062 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
30069 \begin_layout Subsection
30070 Increase / Decrease List Depth
30073 \begin_layout Standard
30074 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
30076 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
30078 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30079 reference "sec:nest"
30084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30085 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
30092 \begin_layout Section
30096 \begin_layout Standard
30101 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
30102 document with an external program.
30103 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
30104 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
30105 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
30107 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30108 reference "sub:Export"
30113 You should at least see the menu entries
30123 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30124 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30127 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30132 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30133 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30140 \begin_layout Standard
30141 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
30142 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
30144 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30145 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30150 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
30154 \begin_layout Standard
30155 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30158 At the bottom of the
30162 menu the opened documents are listed.
30165 \begin_layout Subsection
30169 \begin_layout Standard
30170 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
30171 in section\InsetSpace ~
30173 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30174 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30181 \begin_layout Subsection
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30186 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
30187 opening a new view window.
30190 \begin_layout Subsection
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30195 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
30196 All toolbars and the
30198 Command\InsetSpace ~
30201 can be turned on and off.
30206 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
30224 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
30228 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
30235 \begin_layout Standard
30240 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
30244 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
30245 or when a certain feature is enabled.
30246 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
30247 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
30248 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
30251 \begin_layout Section
30255 \begin_layout Standard
30259 \begin_layout Section
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30264 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
30265 the current document.
30266 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
30269 \begin_layout Standard
30270 The Navigate menu also offers to
30273 \begin_layout Subsection
30277 \begin_layout Standard
30278 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
30279 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
30281 between section\InsetSpace ~
30283 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
30284 2.5 and use the menu
30288 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30292 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
30296 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30300 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
30312 \begin_layout Standard
30313 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
30314 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
30317 \begin_layout Subsection
30318 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
30321 \begin_layout Standard
30322 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
30326 \begin_layout Subsection
30330 \begin_layout Standard
30331 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
30332 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
30333 on a cross-reference box.
30336 \begin_layout Section
30340 \begin_layout Subsection
30344 \begin_layout Standard
30345 Not yet described in one of the manuals! (??)
30348 \begin_layout Subsection
30353 \begin_layout Standard
30363 \begin_layout Standard
30364 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
30366 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
30369 \begin_layout Standard
30370 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
30375 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
30378 \begin_layout Subsection
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30383 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
30385 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30386 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
30393 \begin_layout Subsection
30394 Start Appendix Here
30397 \begin_layout Standard
30398 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
30399 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
30401 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30402 reference "sec:Appendices"
30409 \begin_layout Subsection
30413 \begin_layout Standard
30414 Un/compresses the actual document.
30417 \begin_layout Subsection
30419 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30420 name "Dialogs ! Document Settings"
30425 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30426 name "sub:Settings"
30431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30432 name "Document ! Settings"
30439 \begin_layout Standard
30440 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
30442 You can save your document settings as default with the
30444 Save as Document Defaults
30446 button in the dialog.
30447 This will create a template named
30451 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
30455 \begin_layout Standard
30456 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
30459 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30463 \begin_layout Standard
30464 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
30465 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30467 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30468 reference "sec:doc-classes"
30473 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
30478 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
30479 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
30482 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30490 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
30497 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30501 \begin_layout Standard
30502 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
30504 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
30508 \begin_layout Standard
30509 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
30510 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
30511 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
30514 \begin_layout Standard
30515 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
30518 Embedded\InsetSpace ~
30524 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30529 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
30531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30532 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
30537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30538 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
30545 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
30552 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30553 reference "sub:Margins"
30560 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30564 \begin_layout Standard
30565 The document language and quote styles are set here.
30566 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
30569 you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
30570 using LaTeX-commands.
30573 \begin_layout Standard
30574 If you use the option
30576 use language's default encoding
30578 , the default encoding for the selected language is used.
30581 \begin_layout Standard
30582 Here is a list with the important encodings:
30585 \begin_layout Description
30586 amscii8 encoding for Armenian
30589 \begin_layout Description
30590 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
30593 \begin_layout Description
30594 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
30597 \begin_layout Description
30598 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
30601 \begin_layout Description
30602 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
30605 \begin_layout Description
30606 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
30609 \begin_layout Description
30610 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
30611 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
30614 \begin_layout Description
30615 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
30616 Serbian, and Ukrainian
30619 \begin_layout Description
30620 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
30623 \begin_layout Description
30624 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
30627 \begin_layout Description
30628 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
30631 \begin_layout Description
30632 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
30635 \begin_layout Description
30636 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
30637 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
30638 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
30642 \begin_layout Description
30643 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
30644 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
30647 \begin_layout Description
30648 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
30652 \begin_layout Description
30653 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
30656 \begin_layout Description
30657 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
30658 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
30661 \begin_layout Description
30662 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
30663 the euro currency sign, the
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30676 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
30677 be the replacement for latin1
30680 \begin_layout Description
30681 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
30684 \begin_layout Description
30685 utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
30688 \begin_layout Description
30689 UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
30692 \begin_layout Description
30693 utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
30701 \begin_layout Standard
30702 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
30703 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
30709 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
30714 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30715 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
30722 \begin_layout Description
30723 utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
30726 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30730 \begin_layout Standard
30731 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
30732 in section\InsetSpace ~
30734 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30735 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
30742 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30746 \begin_layout Standard
30747 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
30750 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30751 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
30762 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30763 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
30768 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
30770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30771 reference "sec:Bibliography"
30778 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30782 \begin_layout Standard
30783 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
30786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30787 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
30796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30797 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
30803 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30811 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
30812 assure that you have enabled AMS.
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30820 is used for special integral characters.
30823 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 The float placement options are described in section
30829 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
30833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30834 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
30841 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30846 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
30847 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
30849 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30850 reference "sec:itemize"
30857 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30861 \begin_layout Standard
30862 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30865 reference "sec:Branches"
30872 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30877 \begin_layout Standard
30887 \begin_layout Standard
30888 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
30889 to define LaTeX-commands.
30890 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
30891 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
30895 \begin_layout Standard
30896 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
30898 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30899 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30906 \begin_layout Section
30910 \begin_layout Subsection
30914 \begin_layout Standard
30915 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
30917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30918 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
30925 \begin_layout Subsection
30929 \begin_layout Standard
30930 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
30932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30933 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
30940 \begin_layout Subsection
30942 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30950 \begin_layout Standard
30951 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
30955 \begin_layout Subsection
30960 \begin_layout Standard
30968 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30969 name "TeX Information"
30976 \begin_layout Standard
30977 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
30980 \begin_layout Subsection
30982 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30983 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30988 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30989 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
30996 \begin_layout Standard
30997 This menu reconfigures LyX.
30998 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
31000 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31001 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31008 \begin_layout Subsection
31010 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31011 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
31018 \begin_layout Standard
31019 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
31020 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31024 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31025 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31032 \begin_layout Section
31036 \begin_layout Standard
31037 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
31041 \begin_layout Standard
31047 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
31048 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
31050 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31051 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
31058 \begin_layout Section
31062 \begin_layout Standard
31063 \begin_inset Graphics
31064 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
31072 \begin_layout Standard
31073 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31079 \begin_layout Standard
31080 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31085 \begin_layout Standard
31097 \begin_inset Note Note
31100 \begin_layout Standard
31101 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
31106 manual for more information.
31114 \begin_layout Standard
31115 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31121 \begin_layout Standard
31122 \begin_inset Tabular
31123 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
31124 <features islongtable="true">
31125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
31126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Standard
31132 \begin_inset Graphics
31133 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Standard
31147 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
31160 \begin_layout Standard
31161 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
31167 \begin_layout Standard
31169 \begin_inset Tabular
31170 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
31171 <features islongtable="true">
31172 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31173 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Standard
31181 \begin_inset Graphics
31182 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
31183 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31198 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Standard
31210 \begin_inset Graphics
31211 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
31212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Standard
31227 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31234 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Standard
31239 \begin_inset Graphics
31240 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
31241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31253 \begin_layout Standard
31256 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Standard
31268 \begin_inset Graphics
31269 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
31270 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Standard
31285 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31296 \begin_layout Standard
31297 \begin_inset Graphics
31298 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
31299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Standard
31314 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Standard
31326 \begin_inset Graphics
31327 filename ../images/undo.xpm
31328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31340 \begin_layout Standard
31343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Standard
31355 \begin_inset Graphics
31356 filename ../images/redo.xpm
31357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Standard
31384 \begin_inset Graphics
31385 filename ../images/cut.xpm
31386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Standard
31413 \begin_inset Graphics
31414 filename ../images/copy.xpm
31415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Standard
31430 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Standard
31442 \begin_inset Graphics
31443 filename ../images/paste.xpm
31444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31456 \begin_layout Standard
31459 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Standard
31471 \begin_inset Graphics
31472 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
31473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31474 rotateOrigin center
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Standard
31489 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31490 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31491 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
31498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Standard
31503 \begin_inset Graphics
31504 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
31505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31517 \begin_layout Standard
31518 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
31520 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Standard
31535 \begin_inset Graphics
31536 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
31537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Standard
31550 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
31552 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31566 \begin_layout Standard
31567 \begin_inset Graphics
31568 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
31569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31581 \begin_layout Standard
31582 Formats text using the current settings in the
31584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31598 \begin_layout Standard
31599 \begin_inset Graphics
31600 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
31601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Standard
31616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31617 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31618 Inline\InsetSpace ~
31625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Standard
31630 \begin_inset Graphics
31631 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
31632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31633 rotateOrigin center
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Standard
31648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Standard
31660 \begin_inset Graphics
31661 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
31662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31663 rotateOrigin center
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Standard
31678 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Standard
31690 \begin_inset Graphics
31691 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
31692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31693 rotateOrigin center
31702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31705 \begin_layout Standard
31706 Toggle outline window on/off,
31708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Standard
31720 \begin_inset Graphics
31721 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
31722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31723 rotateOrigin center
31732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31735 \begin_layout Standard
31736 Toggle math toolbar on/off
31742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Standard
31747 \begin_inset Graphics
31748 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
31749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31750 rotateOrigin center
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Standard
31763 Toggle table toolbar on/off
31776 \begin_layout Standard
31777 \begin_inset Graphics
31778 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
31786 \begin_layout Standard
31787 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31793 \begin_layout Standard
31794 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31798 \begin_layout Standard
31799 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31805 \begin_layout Standard
31806 \begin_inset Tabular
31807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
31808 <features islongtable="true">
31809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Standard
31816 \begin_inset Graphics
31817 filename ../images/layout.xpm
31818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31819 rotateOrigin center
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Standard
31838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Standard
31843 \begin_inset Graphics
31844 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
31845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31846 rotateOrigin center
31855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31858 \begin_layout Standard
31865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31869 \begin_layout Standard
31870 \begin_inset Graphics
31871 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
31872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31873 rotateOrigin center
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Standard
31892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31897 \begin_inset Graphics
31898 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
31899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31900 rotateOrigin center
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Standard
31919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Standard
31924 \begin_inset Graphics
31925 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
31926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31927 rotateOrigin center
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Standard
31946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 \begin_inset Graphics
31952 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
31953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31954 rotateOrigin center
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Standard
31969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31970 Increase\InsetSpace ~
31978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Standard
31983 \begin_inset Graphics
31984 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
31985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
31986 rotateOrigin center
31995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31998 \begin_layout Standard
32001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32002 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
32010 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Standard
32015 \begin_inset Graphics
32016 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
32017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32029 \begin_layout Standard
32032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32033 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Standard
32045 \begin_inset Graphics
32046 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
32047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Standard
32062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32063 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Standard
32075 \begin_inset Graphics
32076 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
32077 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Standard
32092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Standard
32104 \begin_inset Graphics
32105 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
32106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Standard
32121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Standard
32133 \begin_inset Graphics
32134 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
32135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32147 \begin_layout Standard
32150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Standard
32162 \begin_inset Graphics
32163 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
32164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Standard
32179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Standard
32192 \begin_inset Graphics
32193 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
32194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Standard
32209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32210 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
32217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32221 \begin_layout Standard
32222 \begin_inset Graphics
32223 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
32224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Standard
32239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32246 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Standard
32251 \begin_inset Graphics
32252 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
32253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32254 rotateOrigin center
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Standard
32269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32270 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
32277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Standard
32282 \begin_inset Graphics
32283 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
32284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32296 \begin_layout Standard
32299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32300 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Standard
32313 \begin_inset Graphics
32314 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
32315 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32327 \begin_layout Standard
32330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Standard
32342 \begin_inset Graphics
32343 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
32344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32366 \begin_layout Standard
32381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Standard
32386 \begin_inset Graphics
32387 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
32388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Standard
32403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32404 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Standard
32417 \begin_inset Graphics
32418 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
32419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32420 rotateOrigin center
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Standard
32435 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Standard
32448 \begin_inset Graphics
32449 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
32450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32451 rotateOrigin center
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Standard
32466 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32467 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
32474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Standard
32479 \begin_inset Graphics
32480 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
32481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32482 rotateOrigin center
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Standard
32497 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32513 \begin_layout Standard
32517 \begin_layout Standard
32518 It is possible to define custom toolbars.
32519 This is described in the
32527 \begin_layout Chapter
32533 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32534 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32540 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
32547 \begin_layout Standard
32548 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32550 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
32553 \begin_layout Section
32557 \begin_layout Subsection
32559 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32567 \begin_layout Standard
32568 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
32572 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32573 User Interface File
32576 \begin_layout Standard
32577 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
32583 For the moment, only one file exists, the
32588 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
32589 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
32590 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
32593 \begin_layout Standard
32598 files is straightforward.
32611 entries must be ended with an explicit
32636 s and in the case of the
32637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32649 One small word of warning.
32654 s may be inserted in a
32662 , but they are defined as
32673 \begin_layout Standard
32674 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
32676 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32679 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
32684 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
32686 Item "Goto Bookmark
32687 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
32691 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
32692 the fourth bookmark.
32695 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32698 name "sec:bindings"
32705 \begin_layout Standard
32706 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
32707 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
32710 \begin_layout Description
32711 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
32714 \begin_layout Description
32715 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
32726 \begin_layout Description
32727 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
32728 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32734 \begin_layout Standard
32735 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
32736 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
32737 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
32739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32747 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
32749 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32750 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
32755 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
32759 \begin_layout Standard
32760 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
32761 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
32762 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
32765 \begin_layout Standard
32766 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
32767 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
32777 files is straightforward:
32780 \begin_layout Standard
32785 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
32788 \begin_layout Standard
32789 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
32790 enclosed in "double quotes".
32791 All the LyX functions are listed in the
32798 \begin_layout Subsection
32802 \begin_layout Standard
32803 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
32804 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
32809 The fonts that appear on the
32817 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
32819 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32825 \begin_layout Standard
32826 By default, LyX uses
32838 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
32842 as monospaced/typewriter font.
32845 \begin_layout Standard
32850 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
32853 \begin_layout Standard
32854 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
32855 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32856 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32857 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
32859 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32860 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
32865 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
32866 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32870 They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
32872 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32873 reference "sub:Document-Font"
32880 \begin_layout Subsection
32884 \begin_layout Standard
32885 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
32886 Just choose an item in the list and use the
32893 \begin_layout Subsection
32897 \begin_layout Standard
32898 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
32901 \begin_layout Standard
32902 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
32904 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32906 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32907 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
32914 \begin_layout Subsection
32918 \begin_layout Standard
32920 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
32921 can use the keyboard map file named
32926 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
32928 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
32932 \begin_layout Section
32936 \begin_layout Section
32940 \begin_layout Section
32944 \begin_layout Subsection
32948 \begin_layout Standard
32953 is the language used in new documents.
32954 The Language package should always be babel.
32955 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
32957 A text label is for instance the word
32958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32965 at the beginning of every table-caption.
32972 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
32973 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
32975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32976 reference "sec:ERT"
32983 \begin_layout Standard
32991 \begin_layout Standard
32992 There are also the following options in the menu:
32995 \begin_layout Description
32997 babel whether babel is used or not
33000 \begin_layout Description
33004 \begin_layout Description
33009 \begin_layout Description
33014 \begin_layout Description
33016 foreign\InsetSpace ~
33017 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
33018 the document language will be blue underlined
33021 \begin_layout Description
33025 language\InsetSpace ~
33026 support enables the use of languages, written from right
33027 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
33030 \begin_layout Subsection
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33035 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33037 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33038 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
33045 \begin_layout Section
33049 \begin_layout Subsection
33053 \begin_layout Subsection
33057 \begin_layout Standard
33058 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
33061 \begin_layout Standard
33063 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
33066 \begin_layout Standard
33068 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
33071 \begin_layout Standard
33073 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
33076 \begin_layout Standard
33078 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
33081 \begin_layout Standard
33083 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
33086 \begin_layout Standard
33088 %d day of month (01..31)
33091 \begin_layout Standard
33096 \begin_layout Standard
33098 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
33101 \begin_layout Standard
33103 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
33106 \begin_layout Standard
33108 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
33111 \begin_layout Standard
33113 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
33116 \begin_layout Standard
33121 \begin_layout Standard
33126 \begin_layout Standard
33131 \begin_layout Standard
33133 %j day of year (001..366)
33136 \begin_layout Standard
33141 \begin_layout Standard
33146 \begin_layout Standard
33151 \begin_layout Standard
33156 \begin_layout Standard
33161 \begin_layout Standard
33163 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
33166 \begin_layout Standard
33168 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
33171 \begin_layout Standard
33173 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
33176 \begin_layout Standard
33178 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
33181 \begin_layout Standard
33183 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
33186 \begin_layout Standard
33188 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
33191 \begin_layout Standard
33193 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
33196 \begin_layout Standard
33198 %t a horizontal tab
33201 \begin_layout Standard
33203 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
33206 \begin_layout Standard
33208 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
33211 \begin_layout Standard
33213 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
33216 \begin_layout Standard
33218 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
33221 \begin_layout Standard
33223 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
33226 \begin_layout Standard
33228 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
33231 \begin_layout Standard
33233 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
33236 \begin_layout Standard
33238 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
33241 \begin_layout Standard
33243 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
33246 \begin_layout Standard
33251 \begin_layout Standard
33253 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
33256 \begin_layout Standard
33258 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
33261 \begin_layout Subsection
33265 \begin_layout Standard
33270 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
33273 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33274 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33278 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
33282 \begin_layout Standard
33283 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
33288 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
33289 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
33292 \begin_layout Subsection
33297 \begin_layout Standard
33307 \begin_layout Subsection
33311 \begin_layout Section
33315 \begin_layout Standard
33316 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
33318 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
33328 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
33329 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
33332 \begin_layout Enumerate
33333 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
33336 \begin_layout Enumerate
33337 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
33338 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
33341 \begin_layout Standard
33342 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
33343 two different Format names for
33347 files to be able to use either.
33348 Both are included by default in the
33353 Have a look and then invent your own!
33356 \begin_layout Standard
33357 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
33358 For example, you might want to use
33362 to examine PostScript files, or
33366 to preview the LaTeX output.
33367 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
33370 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33371 Preferences:Converters
33374 For example, to change the
33382 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
33386 (or whatever), and hit
33393 \begin_layout Section
33397 \begin_layout Section
33401 \begin_layout Section
33402 BibTeX and makeindex
33405 \begin_layout Standard
33406 Both the bibliography generating command (default
33410 ) and the index generating command (default
33423 As an alternative for
33431 can be recommended.
33435 \begin_layout Standard
33436 The command to enter is
33439 \begin_layout Quote
33442 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
33445 \begin_layout Standard
33446 where the placeholder
33450 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 have installed the packages
33472 at a shell prompt for a help page.
33475 \begin_layout Chapter
33476 Units available in LyX
33477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33483 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33484 name "cha:Units-available-in"
33491 \begin_layout Standard
33492 To understand the units described in this documentation,
33493 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33494 reference "cap:Units"
33498 explains all units available in LyX.
33501 \begin_layout Standard
33502 \begin_inset Float table
33508 \begin_layout Standard
33509 \begin_inset Caption
33511 \begin_layout Standard
33512 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33525 \begin_layout Standard
33526 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
33532 \begin_layout Standard
33534 \begin_inset Tabular
33535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
33538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
33539 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Standard
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Standard
33559 <row topline="true">
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Standard
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Standard
33579 <row topline="true">
33580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33583 \begin_layout Standard
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Standard
33599 <row topline="true">
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Standard
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Standard
33619 <row topline="true">
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Standard
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Standard
33633 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33634 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33641 <row topline="true">
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Standard
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Standard
33655 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33656 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33663 <row topline="true">
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Standard
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33678 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33685 <row topline="true">
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Standard
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Standard
33699 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33700 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33707 <row topline="true">
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Standard
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Standard
33721 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33723 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
33726 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33733 <row topline="true">
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Standard
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Standard
33747 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33748 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33755 <row topline="true">
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Standard
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Standard
33769 % of original image width
33775 <row topline="true">
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Standard
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33795 <row topline="true">
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Standard
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Standard
33815 <row topline="true">
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Standard
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Standard
33835 <row topline="true">
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Standard
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Standard
33855 <row topline="true">
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Standard
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33875 <row topline="true">
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Standard
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33895 <row topline="true">
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Standard
33919 <row topline="true">
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Standard
33943 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Standard
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Standard
33957 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33958 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33977 \begin_layout Chapter
33979 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33988 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
33989 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
33992 \begin_layout Itemize
33995 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
33998 \begin_layout Itemize
34004 \begin_layout Itemize
34010 \begin_layout Itemize
34016 \begin_layout Itemize
34022 \begin_layout Itemize
34028 \begin_layout Itemize
34034 \begin_layout Itemize
34040 \begin_layout Itemize
34043 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
34046 \begin_layout Itemize
34052 \begin_layout Itemize
34058 \begin_layout Itemize
34064 \begin_layout Itemize
34070 \begin_layout Itemize
34076 \begin_layout Itemize
34082 \begin_layout Itemize
34088 \begin_layout Itemize
34094 \begin_layout Itemize
34096 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34107 Bibliography created with the
34114 \begin_layout Bibliography
34115 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34129 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
34139 \begin_inset Note Note
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34149 is explained in the
34154 It creates a TOC entry.
34157 \begin_layout Standard
34158 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
34159 two different ones in one document.
34168 \begin_layout Standard
34172 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34189 \begin_inset Note Note
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34199 is explained in the
34204 It creates a hyperlink.
34212 \begin_layout Bibliography
34213 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34214 key "latexcompanion"
34218 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
34220 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
34223 Addison-Wesley, 2004
34226 \begin_layout Bibliography
34227 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34232 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
34235 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
34238 Addison-Wesley, 2003
34241 \begin_layout Bibliography
34242 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34249 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
34252 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
34255 \begin_layout Bibliography
34256 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34268 Addison-Wesley, 1984
34271 \begin_layout Bibliography
34272 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34280 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
34281 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
34288 \begin_layout Bibliography
34289 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34295 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
34297 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
34304 \begin_layout Bibliography
34305 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34314 \begin_layout Standard
34318 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34335 of the LaTeX-package
34340 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34341 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
34348 \begin_layout Bibliography
34349 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34358 \begin_layout Standard
34362 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34379 of the LaTeX-package
34384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34385 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
34392 \begin_layout Bibliography
34393 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34402 \begin_layout Standard
34406 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
34415 \begin_layout Standard
34422 of the LaTeX-package
34427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34428 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
34435 \begin_layout Bibliography
34436 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34449 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
34458 \begin_layout Standard
34465 how to set up LyX for Arabic
34468 \begin_layout Bibliography
34469 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34478 \begin_layout Standard
34482 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34498 how to set up LyX for Armenian
34501 \begin_layout Bibliography
34502 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34515 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
34524 \begin_layout Standard
34531 how to set up LyX for Farsi
34534 \begin_layout Bibliography
34535 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
34544 \begin_layout Standard
34548 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34564 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34570 Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
34571 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
34572 options "biblio/alphadin"
34573 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
34581 \begin_layout Standard
34585 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
34595 \begin_inset Note Note
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34605 is explained in the
34610 It creates a TOC entry.
34613 \begin_layout Standard
34614 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
34615 two different ones in one document.
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34626 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
34631 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex